Registration File No.: 333-255980
Class | Ticker Symbol | |||
Institutional Shares | CREDX | |||
Class A Shares | CRDAX | |||
Class W Shares | CRDWX | |||
Class U Shares | CRDUX |
• | The common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund (“Shares”) are not listed for trading on any securities exchange. Even though the Fund makes quarterly repurchase offers for its outstanding Shares (currently expected to be for 5% per quarter), investors should consider Shares of the Fund to be an illiquid investment. |
• | Investing in the Shares may be speculative and involve a high degree of risk, including the risks associated with leverage. |
• | The Shares are not redeemable at an investor’s option nor are they exchangeable for shares of any other fund, although the Fund periodically offers to repurchase Shares pursuant to its fundamental share repurchase policy described herein. |
• | There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to maintain a certain level of distributions to common shareholders. |
• | Because the Shares are not listed on a securities exchange, you should not expect to be able to sell your Shares when and/or in the amount desired, regardless of how the Fund performs and, as a result, you may be unable to reduce your exposure during any market downturn. |
• | The Fund is designed primarily for long-term investors who are prepared to hold the Shares until the Fund accepts an investor’s Shares in a repurchase offer conducted by the Fund. |
Price to Public(1) | Maximum Sales Load(2) | Proceeds to the Fund | ||||
Per Institutional Share | At current NAV | N/A | Amount invested at NAV | |||
Per Class A Share | At current NAV, plus sales load of up to 2.50%, if applicable | 2.50% | Amount invested at NAV less sales load | |||
Per Class W Share | At current NAV, plus sales load of up to 3.50%, if applicable | 3.50% | Amount invested at NAV less sales load | |||
Per Class U Share | At current NAV | N/A | Amount invested at NAV |
1 | Institutional Shares and Class U Shares are offered on a continuous basis at an offering price equal to the then-current net asset value (“NAV”) per share of the applicable class. Class A and Class W Shares are offered on a continuous basis at an offering price equal to the then-current NAV per share of the applicable class plus the applicable sales load, as described in this prospectus. While neither the Fund nor the Distributor imposes a sales load on Class U Shares, if you buy Class U Shares through certain brokers or dealers (“selling agents”) or other financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you a transaction fee in such amount as they may determine. Any such fees will be in addition to your investment in the Fund and not deducted therefrom. Investors should consult with their selling agents or other financial intermediaries about any transaction or other fees their selling agents or other financial intermediaries might impose on each class of shares. See “Plan of Distribution.” |
2 | Generally, the stated minimum initial investment by an investor in the Fund is $250,000 for Institutional Shares and $2,500 for Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares. For Institutional Shares, the minimum initial investment is waived or reduced for certain eligible investors as described under “Plan of Distribution—Minimum Investments.” There is no minimum subsequent investment for the Shares. There is no sales load for Institutional Shares. Investors purchasing Class A Shares and Class W Shares may be charged a sales load of up to 2.50% and 3.50%, respectively, of the investor’s aggregate purchase. The Distributor or Dealers (as defined herein) may waive all or a portion of the sales load for certain classes of investors as described under “Plan of Distribution—Class A Shares and Class W Shares.” While neither the Fund nor the Distributor imposes a sales load on Class U Shares, if you buy Class U Shares through certain selling agents or other financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you a transaction fee in such amount as they may determine. Any such fees will be in addition to your investment in the Fund and not deducted therefrom. Investors should consult with their selling agents or other financial intermediaries about any transaction or other fees their selling agents or other financial intermediaries might impose on each class of shares. Institutional Shares are not subject to any asset-based distribution fees but are only available through the Distributor or an asset-based fee program sponsored by a registered broker-dealer or registered investment adviser (also known as a “wrap fee” program) that has an agreement with the Distributor. Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares are subject to a distribution fee and shareholder servicing fee that will accrue at an annual rate equal to 0.75% of the applicable class’s average daily net assets. 0.25% of the fee is a shareholder servicing fee and the remaining portion is a distribution fee. See “Summary of Fund Fees and Expenses,” “Plan of Distribution” and “Periodic Repurchase Offers.” |
1 | ||||
43 | ||||
45 | ||||
50 | ||||
50 | ||||
50 | ||||
82 | ||||
86 | ||||
152 | ||||
153 | ||||
157 | ||||
161 | ||||
162 | ||||
163 | ||||
165 | ||||
167 | ||||
168 | ||||
171 | ||||
174 | ||||
185 | ||||
185 | ||||
185 | ||||
185 | ||||
185 |
The Fund | BlackRock Credit Strategies Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company and is operated as an “interval fund” (as defined below). Throughout this prospectus, we refer to BlackRock Credit Strategies Fund simply as the “Fund” or as “we,” “us” or “our.” See “The Fund” in the prospectus. |
The Fund continuously offers four classes of common shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) of the Fund: Institutional Shares, Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares. The Fund has received exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to, among other things, issue multiple classes of Shares and to impose asset-based distribution fees and early-withdrawal fees as applicable (the “Multi-Class Exemptive Relief”). The Fund may offer other additional classes of Shares in the future with fees and expenses that differ from the classes of Shares described in this prospectus. |
As of April 8, 2024, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BFM”), an affiliate of BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor”), owns 21.49% of the outstanding Institutional Shares, 100% of the outstanding Class W Shares and less than 5% of the outstanding Class A Shares and Class U Shares of the Fund. This ownership will fluctuate as other investors subscribe for Shares and the Fund repurchases Shares in connection with quarterly repurchase offers. Depending on the size of this ownership, BFM may either control the Fund or be in a position to exercise a significant influence on the outcome of any matter put to a vote of investors. However, if the Fund is relying on its co-investment exemptive relief, during any period in which BFM (together with any other affiliate of the Advisor) holds greater than 25% of the Shares, BFM will be required to “mirror vote” its Shares in the same percentages as the Fund’s other shareholders when voting on the election or removal of trustees or any other matters affecting the composition, size or manner of election of the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board,” and each of the trustees on the Board, a “Trustee”). |
Periodic Repurchase Offers | The Fund is an “interval fund,” a type of fund which, in order to provide liquidity to shareholders, has adopted a fundamental investment policy to make quarterly offers to repurchase between 5% and 25% of its outstanding Shares at net asset value (“NAV”), reduced by any applicable repurchase fee. Subject to applicable law and approval of the Board, for each quarterly repurchase offer, the Fund currently expects to offer to repurchase 5% of the Fund’s |
outstanding Shares at the NAV applicable to the class of Shares repurchased, which is the minimum amount permitted. It is possible that a repurchase offer may be oversubscribed, with the result that shareholders may only be able to have a portion of their Shares repurchased. Affiliates of the Fund may own Shares and determine to participate in the Fund’s repurchase offers, which may contribute to a repurchase offer being oversubscribed and the Fund effecting repurchases on a pro rata basis. There is no assurance that you will be able to tender your Shares when or in the amount that you desire. |
Written notification of each quarterly repurchase offer (the “Repurchase Offer Notice”) will be sent to shareholders at least 21 and not more than 42 calendar days before the repurchase request deadline ( i.e. |
Investment Objective | The Fund’s investment objective is to seek to provide high income and attractive risk-adjusted returns. |
There can be no assurances that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved or that the Fund’s investment program will be successful. The Fund is not intended as, and you should not construe it to be, a complete investment program. Investors should consider their investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance before investing in the Fund. The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board without prior shareholder approval. |
Investment Policies | Under normal conditions, the Fund intends to invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in fixed-income securities, with an emphasis on public and private corporate credit. The Fund may invest without limit in fixed-income securities across several investment sectors, including, but not limited to: fixed-income securities rated below investment grade, investment grade corporate bonds, fixed-income securities issued by governmental entities (including supranational entities), their agencies and instrumentalities, mezzanine investments, collateralized loan obligations, bank loans, mortgage-related and asset-backed securities and other fixed and floating or variable rate obligations. The Fund may invest in such fixed-income securities of issuers located in the United States and non-U.S. countries, including emerging market countries. Some of the |
loans in which the Fund may invest or get exposure to through its investments in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) or other types of structured securities may be “covenant lite” loans, which means the loans contain fewer maintenance covenants than other loans (in some cases, none) and do not include terms which allow the lender to monitor the performance of the borrower and declare a default if certain criteria are breached. |
The Fund intends to invest across multiple credit sectors and employ multiple strategies. The Fund is not required to invest in each investment sector at all times, and its investment in each investment sector may vary over time. As part of its strategy, the Fund has a Private Credit Sleeve (as defined below) in which the Fund will seek to invest in select less liquid or illiquid private credit investments, generally involving corporate borrowers, that are believed to present the potential for higher yield and capital appreciation versus more liquid portions of the Fund’s portfolio. “Private credit investments” is a common term for unregistered debt investments made through privately negotiated transactions, including where price is the only negotiated term. Private credit investments may be structured using a range of financial instruments, including but not limited to, first and second lien senior secured loans, unitranche debt, unsecured debt and structurally subordinated instruments. While the amount of the Fund’s net assets allocated to such investments may vary over time, it is anticipated that approximately 30-50% of the Fund’s net assets (calculated at the time of investment) will be allocated to these types of investments (the “Private Credit Sleeve”). Because the allocation of the Fund’s net assets to the Private Credit Sleeve is measured at the time of investment, the exact percentage may vary over time and may exceed 50% of the Fund’s net assets at times due to a number of factors, including as a result of the Fund selling its more liquid investments in connection with, or having a smaller base of assets after, a repurchase offer; as the Fund nears liquidation; outflows of cash from time to time; and changes in the valuation of these investments. See “Risks—Principal Risks—Competition for Investment Opportunities” beginning on page 94, “Risks—Principal Risks—Valuation Risk” beginning on page 93, “Risks—Principal Risks—Allocation Risk” beginning on page 135 and “Conflicts of Interest” and “Management of the Fund—Portfolio Management—Potential Material Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI. |
The Fund may enter into any type of derivatives transaction. The Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts, enter into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures and swap contracts (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps index products, credit default swaps, total return swaps (sometimes referred to as “contracts for difference”) and interest rate swaps) and may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter |
put and call options on securities and swap contracts, financial indices and futures contracts and use other derivative instruments or management techniques (collectively, “Strategic Transactions”). The Fund may use Strategic Transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance total return. Additionally, the Fund may enter into any type of Strategic Transaction for the purpose or effect of creating investment leverage to the maximum extent permitted by the SEC and/or SEC staff rules, guidance or positions. See “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques” in the prospectus. |
If the Advisor determines it to be appropriate or necessary, the Fund may form one or more wholly owned subsidiaries in one or more jurisdictions (each, a “Subsidiary,” and together, the “Subsidiaries”), each of which would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any Subsidiary will share the same portfolio management team as the Fund. The Fund may invest either directly or indirectly through the Subsidiaries. The Fund may invest an aggregate of up to 25% of its total assets in Subsidiaries. The Fund typically expects to invest indirectly through the Subsidiaries if it believes it is desirable to do so to comply with the requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”). The Fund may invest indirectly through the Subsidiaries in instruments including, but not limited to, mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) and commodities. Any Subsidiary organized in the United States will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at corporate rates. The Subsidiaries will not be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), and will not be subject to the investor protections of the Investment Company Act. The Subsidiaries will be advised or managed by the Advisor and have the same investment objective as the Fund. The Advisor, however, will not receive an additional management fee for any services provided to any Subsidiary. The Fund will look through any Subsidiaries for purposes of compliance with its investment policies and the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act relating to capital structure, affiliated transactions and custody. See “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—The Subsidiaries” and “Risks—Principal Risks—Subsidiary Risk” in the prospectus for additional information. |
There is no guarantee that a shareholder’s investment in the Fund will not lose money or that the Fund will not return less over the life of the Fund than such shareholder’s initial investment. There is no limit on the maturity or duration of securities in which the Fund may invest. |
The Fund may also invest in privately placed or restricted securities, including in Rule 144A securities, which are privately placed securities purchased by qualified institutional buyers, illiquid |
investments and investments in which no secondary market is readily available, including those of private companies. |
The Fund may invest any amount of its assets in securities of any credit quality, including securities that are rated at the time of investment below investment grade—i.e., “Ba” or “BB” or below by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), or securities that are judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisor. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” or “high yield securities.” In the case of debt securities with split ratings (i.e., a security receiving two different ratings from two different rating agencies), the Fund will apply the higher of the applicable ratings. See “Risks—Principal Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk” in the prospectus. |
The Fund may also invest in securities of other affiliated and unaffiliated open- or closed-end investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and business development companies (“BDCs”), subject to applicable regulatory limits, that invest primarily in securities the types of which the Fund may invest in directly. The Fund will classify its investments in such investment companies for purposes of its investment policies based upon such investment companies’ stated investment objectives, policies and restrictions. |
Other Policies and Strategies. tax-exempt or taxable. The Fund may not achieve its investment objective, comply with the investment guidelines described in this prospectus or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels under these circumstances. |
The Fund may lend securities with a value of up to 33 1/3% of its total assets, including such loans, to financial institutions that provide cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government as collateral. |
The Fund may also engage in short sales of securities. See “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—Short Sales” in the prospectus for information about the limitations applicable to the Fund’s short sale activities. |
The Fund may engage in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities to achieve its investment objective. |
Unless otherwise stated herein or in the SAI, the Fund’s investment policies are non-fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board without prior shareholder approval. Unless otherwise expressly stated in this prospectus or the SAI, or otherwise required by applicable law, all percentage and ratings or credit quality limitations stated in this prospectus apply only at the time of investment and subsequent changes in percentage (including changes resulting from the Fund having a smaller base of assets after a repurchase offer), value, ratings downgrades, liquidity profile or changes in credit quality will not result in the Fund being required to dispose of any portfolio security. |
For a discussion of risk factors that may affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective, see “Risks” in the prospectus. |
Leverage | The Fund will use leverage to seek to achieve its investment objective. |
The Fund’s use of leverage may increase or decrease from time to time in its discretion and the Fund may, in the future, determine not to use leverage. The Fund has entered into a Credit Agreement with Société Générale (the “Lender”) that established a revolving credit facility with an initial commitment of up to $150 million (the “Facility”). The Fund currently utilizes leverage for investment purposes through the Facility. The Fund may also use leverage by investing in derivative instruments with leverage embedded in them. The Fund may, but does not currently intend to, issue preferred shares of beneficial interest (“Preferred Shares”). The Fund is permitted to borrow money in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its Managed Assets (50% of its net assets), issue Preferred Shares in an amount up to 50% of its Managed Assets (100% of its net assets) and invest in reverse repurchase agreements or other derivative instruments with leverage embedded in them to the maximum extent permitted by the SEC and/or SEC staff rules, guidance or positions. As of December 31, 2023, the Fund had $7,450,000 in borrowings outstanding under the Facility, representing approximately 1.60% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (1.63% of the Fund’s net assets). The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased common share net investment income dividends, but also creates risks for the holders of Shares. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Fund’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes). See “Leverage” in the prospectus. |
The use of leverage is subject to numerous risks and will cause the Fund’s NAV and the yield to holders of Shares to be more volatile than if leverage was not used. For example, if short-term interest rates continue to rise, they may reach a level at which those rates exceed the return earned on securities purchased with leverage, which would result in a reduced yield and cause the Fund’s NAV to decline more |
than if the Fund had not used leverage. In addition, because the Fund’s investment management fee is calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s Managed Assets, which include those assets purchased with leverage, during periods in which the Fund is using leverage, the fee paid to the Advisor will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage. No assurance can be given that the Fund’s use of leverage will in any particular circumstance be possible or successful or that the Fund’s use of leverage will result in a higher yield to holders of Shares. See “Risks—Principal Risks—Leverage Risk” in the prospectus. |
Investment Adviser and Investment Sub-Advisers | The Fund’s investment adviser is BlackRock Advisors, LLC. BlackRock Capital Investment Advisors, LLC (“BCIA”), BlackRock International Limited (“BIL”) and BlackRock (Singapore) Limited (“BSL”) serve as sub-advisers to the Fund (each, a“Sub-Advisor”). |
The Advisor and the Sub-Advisors are subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”). The Advisor receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the Fund’s Managed Assets. The Advisor, and not the Fund, expects to pay an annualsub-advisory fee to eachSub-Advisor equal to a percentage of the management fee received by the Advisor from the Fund with respect to the average daily value of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the applicableSub-Advisor. |
During periods in which the Fund is using leverage, the fee paid to the Advisor will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fee is calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s Managed Assets, which include those assets purchased with leverage. See “Management of the Fund—Advisor and Sub-Advisors” in the prospectus. |
The Fund has entered into an Expense Limitation Agreement (the “Expense Agreement”) in which the Advisor has agreed to waive and/or reimburse certain operating and other expenses of the Fund in order to limit certain expenses to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily value of the net assets of each share class (the “Expense Cap”). Subject to the terms of the Expense Agreement, expenses borne by the Advisor in the prior two fiscal years of the Fund are subject to recoupment by the Advisor. Such recoupment arrangement will terminate on March 1, 2026. The Fund will carry forward any waivers and/or reimbursements of fees and expenses in excess of the Expense Cap and repay the Advisor such amount provided the Fund is able to do so without exceeding the lesser of (1) the expense limit in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement, as applicable, or (2) the expense limit in effect at the time of recoupment after giving effect to the repayment. The Expense Agreement continues from year to year if approved by a majority of the Fund’s Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Fund or the Advisor (the “Independent Trustees”). The current term of the Expense |
Agreement expires on June 30, 2025. The Expense Agreement may be terminated prior to June 30, 2025 only by action of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. See “Management of the Fund—Investment Management Agreement—Expense Agreement” in the prospectus for more information regarding the operating and other expenses that the Advisor has agreed to waive and/or reimburse pursuant to the Expense Agreement. |
Distributions; Dividend Reinvestment Plan | The Fund declares distributions on a daily basis. The Fund distributes all or a portion of its net investment income to holders of Shares. The Fund may also pay one or more additional quarterly distributions of all or a portion of undistributed net investment income, if any. Distributions may also include net realized capital gains. The Fund pays any capital gains distributions at least annually. In addition, the Fund may pay a special distribution at the end of the calendar year if necessary to comply with applicable law. See “Distributions” in this prospectus. |
Various factors will affect the level of the Fund’s income, including the asset mix, the average maturity of the Fund’s portfolio and the Fund’s use of hedging. To permit the Fund to maintain more stable daily distributions, the Fund may from time to time distribute more or less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. Any undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Fund during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Fund’s NAV (and indirectly benefits the Advisor by increasing its fee) and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will reduce the Fund’s NAV. |
Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in Shares of the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan, unless an election is made to receive cash by contacting the Reinvestment Plan Agent (as defined herein). All correspondence concerning the Reinvestment Plan should be directed to the Reinvestment Plan Agent, in writing to: BlackRock Funds, C/O BNY Mellon Investment Servicing, PO Box 534429, Pittsburgh, PA 15253-4429. Overnight correspondence should be directed to the Reinvestment Plan Agent at: BlackRock Funds, C/O BNY Mellon Investment Servicing, 500 Ross Street 154-0520, Pittsburgh, PA 15262. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the prospectus. |
The Fund reserves the right to change its distribution policies and the basis for establishing the rate of its daily distribution declarations at any time and may do so without prior notice to common shareholders. See “Distributions” in the prospectus. |
Share Classes; Purchase of Common Shares | As discussed above, the Fund has received the Multi-Class Exemptive Relief, which permits the Fund to, among other things, issue multiple classes of Shares and to impose asset-based distribution fees and early-withdrawal fees as applicable. The Fund currently offers four classes of Shares: Institutional Shares, Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares. The Fund may in the future register and include other classes of Shares in the offering. |
The Shares are offered on a daily basis. Shares are being offered through the Distributor at an offering price equal to the then-current NAV of the applicable class, plus, with respect to Class A Shares and Class W Shares, the applicable sales load. The Distributor or Dealers (as defined below) may waive all or a portion of the sales load for certain classes of investors. While neither the Fund nor the Distributor imposes a sales load on Class U Shares, if you buy Class U Shares through certain selling agents or other financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you a transaction fee in such amount as they may determine. Any such fees will be in addition to your investment in the Fund and not deducted therefrom. Investors should consult with their selling agents or other financial intermediaries about any transaction or other fees their selling agents or other financial intermediaries might impose on each class of shares. Generally, the stated minimum initial investment by an investor in the Fund is $250,000 for Institutional Shares and $2,500 for each of Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares. For Institutional Shares, the minimum initial investment is waived or reduced for certain eligible investors as described under “Plan of Distribution—Minimum Investments.” The minimum initial investment for each class of Shares may be modified or waived by the Fund and the Distributor for the Trustees and certain employees of BlackRock, including its affiliates, vehicles controlled by such Trustees and employees and their extended family members. There is no minimum subsequent investment for the Shares. See “Plan of Distribution” in the prospectus. |
Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Fee | Institutional Shares are not subject to a distribution or shareholder servicing fee. Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares are subject to an ongoing Distribution and Servicing Fee to compensate financial industry professionals for distribution-related expenses, if applicable, and providing ongoing services in respect of clients who own Shares of the Fund. Under the terms of the Multi-Class Exemptive Relief, the Fund is subject to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Fund has adopted a distribution and servicing plan (the “Distribution and Servicing Plan”) and pays the Distribution and Servicing Fee under such plan. The Distribution and Servicing Plan operates in a manner consistent with Rule12b-1 under the Investment Company Act, which regulates the manner in which anopen-end investment company may directly or indirectly bear the expenses of distributing its shares. The maximum annual rates at |
which the Distribution and Servicing Fees may be paid under the Distribution and Servicing Plan (calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each of the Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares) is 0.75%. 0.25% of such fee is a shareholder servicing fee and the remaining portion is a distribution fee. |
Distributor | BlackRock Investments, LLC, an affiliate of the Fund and the Advisor, acts as distributor for the Shares and serves in that capacity on a reasonable best efforts basis, subject to various conditions. The principal business address of the Distributor is 50 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001. The Shares are offered for sale through the Distributor at NAV, plus, with respect to Class A Shares and Class W Shares, the applicable sales load. The Distributor may appoint additional selling agents (each a “Dealer”) or other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase Shares. Dealers or other financial intermediaries may impose terms and conditions on investor accounts and investments in the Fund that are in addition to the terms and conditions set forth in this prospectus. Any terms and conditions imposed by a Dealer or other financial intermediary, or operational limitations applicable to such parties, may affect or limit a shareholder’s ability to purchase the Shares or tender the Shares for repurchase, or otherwise transact business with the Fund. Dealers typically receive the sales load with respect to Class A Shares and Class W Shares purchased by their clients. Institutional Shares are not subject to a sales load; however, investors may be required to pay brokerage commissions on purchases or sales of Institutional Shares to their Dealers. While neither the Fund nor the Distributor imposes a sales charge on Class U Shares, if you buy Class U Shares through certain Dealers or other financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you a transaction fee in such amount as they may determine. Investors should consult with their Dealers or other financial intermediaries about any transaction or other fees their Dealers or other financial intermediaries might impose on each class of Shares in addition to any fees imposed by the Fund. |
Institutional Shares are not subject to the Distribution and Servicing Fee but are only available through the Distributor or an asset-based fee program sponsored by a registered broker-dealer or registered investment adviser (also known as a “wrap fee” program) that has an agreement with the Distributor. With respect to Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares, the Fund will pay the Distributor the Distribution and Servicing Fee. |
Additionally, the Advisor or its affiliates, in the Advisor’s discretion and from its own resources, may pay additional compensation to Dealers in connection with the sale of Shares (the “Additional Compensation”). In return for the Additional Compensation, the Fund may receive certain marketing advantages including but not limited to access to a broker’s or dealer’s registered representatives, placement |
on a list of investment options offered by a broker or dealer, or the ability to assist in training and educating the broker’s or dealer’s registered representatives. The Additional Compensation may differ among brokers or dealers in amount or in the amount of calculation. Payments of Additional Compensation may be fixed dollar amounts or, based on the aggregate value of outstanding Shares held by common shareholders introduced by the broker or dealer, or determined in some other manner. The receipt of Additional Compensation by a selling broker or dealer may create potential conflicts of interest between an investor and its broker or dealer who is recommending the Fund over other potential investments. See “Plan of Distribution” in this prospectus. |
Unlisted Closed-End Fund | The Shares are not listed on any securities exchange. The Fund is designed for long-term investors and an investment in the Shares, unlike an investment in a traditional listed closed-end fund, should be considered illiquid. An investment in the Shares is not suitable for investors who need access to the money they invest. Unlike shares ofopen-end funds (commonly known as mutual funds), which generally are redeemable on a daily basis, the Shares are not redeemable at an investor’s option, and unlike traditional listedclosed-end funds the Shares are not listed on any securities exchange. Notwithstanding that the Fund conducts periodic repurchase offers, investors should not expect to be able to sell their Shares when and/or in the amount desired regardless of how the Fund performs. See“Closed-End Fund Structure” in this prospectus. |
Custodian and Transfer Agent | State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the Fund’s custodian, and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. serves as the Fund’s transfer agent. |
Administrator | State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the Fund’s administrator and fund accountant. |
Principal Risk Considerations | An investment in the Shares of the Fund involves risk. You should consider carefully the risks summarized below, each of which is described in more detail under “Risks” beginning on page 86 of this prospectus. |
Fixed Income Securities Risks |
Interest Rate Risk |
risk that interest rates will continue to rise, which will likely drive down prices of bonds and other fixed income securities. The magnitude of these fluctuations in the market price of bonds and other fixed income securities is generally greater for those securities with longer maturities. Fluctuations in the market price of the Fund’s investments will not affect interest income derived from instruments already owned by the Fund, but will be reflected in the Fund’s NAV. The Fund may lose money if short-term or long-term interest rates rise sharply in a manner not anticipated by the Fund’s management. To the extent the Fund invests in debt securities that may be prepaid at the option of the obligor (such as mortgage-related securities), the sensitivity of such securities to changes in interest rates may increase (to the detriment of the Fund) when interest rates rise. Moreover, because rates on certain floating rate debt securities typically reset only periodically, changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the NAV of the Fund to the extent that it invests in floating rate debt securities. These basic principles of bond prices also apply to U.S. Government securities. A security backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government is guaranteed only as to its stated interest rate and face value at maturity, not its current market price. Just like other fixed income securities, government-guaranteed securities will fluctuate in value when interest rates change. |
The Fund’s use of leverage, including through the use of instruments such as reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions, will tend to increase the Fund’s interest rate risk. The Fund may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of fixed income securities held by the Fund and decreasing the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Fund is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Fund to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Fund may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates. |
The Fund may invest in variable and floating rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer duration fixed rate instruments, but may decline in value in response to rising interest rates if, for example, the rates at which they pay interest do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Conversely, variable and floating rate instruments generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating rate debt securities, which may decrease in value if interest rates increase and may also exhibit greater price volatility than fixed rate debt obligations with similar credit quality. To the extent the Fund holds variable or floating rate instruments, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an |
increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities, which may adversely affect the NAV of the Fund’s Shares. |
Issuer Risk |
Credit Risk |
Prepayment Risk |
Reinvestment Risk |
Duration and Maturity Risk |
category of investments or of the Fund’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time. The Fund may incur costs in seeking to adjust the portfolio’s average duration or maturity. There can be no assurance that the Advisor’s assessment of current and projected market conditions will be correct or that any strategy to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity will be successful at any given time. In general, the longer the duration of any fixed income securities in the Fund’s portfolio, the more exposure the Fund will have to the interest rate risks described above. See “Risks—Principal Risks—Fixed Income Securities Risks—Duration and Maturity Risk.” |
Closed-End Interval Fund; Illiquidity of Sharesclosed-end fund, should be considered illiquid. The Shares are appropriate only for investors who are seeking an investment in less liquid or illiquid portfolio investments within an illiquid fund. An investment in the Shares is not suitable for investors who need access to the money they invest. Unlikeopen-end funds (commonly known as mutual funds), which generally permit redemptions on a daily basis, the Shares are not redeemable at an investor’s option. Unlike traditional listedclosed-end funds, the Shares are not listed for trading on any securities exchange, and the Fund does not expect any secondary market to develop for the Shares in the foreseeable future. The NAV of the Shares may be volatile and the Fund’s use of leverage will increase this volatility. As the Shares are not traded, investors may not be able to dispose of their investment in the Fund when or in the amount desired, no matter how the Fund performs. |
Although the Fund, as a fundamental policy, makes quarterly offers to repurchase between 5% and 25% of its outstanding Shares at NAV, the number of Shares tendered in connection with a repurchase offer may exceed the number of Shares the Fund has offered to repurchase, in which case the Fund may not repurchase all of your Shares tendered in that offer. In connection with any given repurchase offer, it is likely that the Fund may offer to repurchase only the minimum amount of 5% of its outstanding Shares. Hence, you may not be able to sell your Shares when and/or in the amount that you desire. |
Investment Risk |
Repurchase Offers Risk 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act. The Fund believes that these repurchase offers are generally beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. Repurchase offers generally are funded from available cash or sales of portfolio securities but may be funded with borrowings. However, the repurchase of Shares by the Fund decreases the assets of the Fund and, therefore, may have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. Repurchase offers and the need to fund repurchase obligations may also affect the ability of the Fund to be fully invested or force the Fund to maintain a higher percentage of its assets in liquid investments, which may harm the Fund’s investment performance. Moreover, diminution in the size of the Fund through repurchases may result in untimely sales of portfolio securities, and may limit the ability of the Fund to participate in new investment opportunities. If the Fund uses leverage, repurchases of Shares may compound the adverse effects of leverage in a declining market. In addition, if the Fund borrows money to finance repurchases, interest on that borrowing will negatively affect shareholders who do not tender their Shares by increasing Fund expenses and reducing any net investment income. Certain shareholders may from time to time own or control a significant percentage of the Fund’s Shares. Repurchase requests by these shareholders of these Shares of the Fund may cause repurchases to be oversubscribed, with the result that shareholders may only be able to have a portion of their Shares repurchased in connection with any repurchase offer. If a repurchase offer is oversubscribed and the Fund determines not to repurchase additional Shares beyond the repurchase offer amount, or if shareholders tender an amount of Shares greater than that which the Fund is entitled to purchase, the Fund will repurchase the Shares tendered on a pro rata basis, and shareholders will have to wait until the next repurchase offer to make another repurchase request. Shareholders will be subject to the risk of NAV fluctuations during that period. Thus, there is also a risk that some shareholders, in anticipation of proration, may tender more Shares than they wish to have repurchased in a particular quarterly period, thereby increasing the likelihood that proration will occur. Affiliates of the Fund may own Shares and determine to participate in the Fund’s repurchase offers, which may contribute to a repurchase offer being oversubscribed and the Fund effecting repurchases on a pro rata basis. The NAV of Shares tendered in a repurchase offer may fluctuate between the date a shareholder submits a repurchase request and the Repurchase Request Deadline, and to the extent there is any delay between the Repurchase Request Deadline and the Repurchase Pricing Date. The NAV on the Repurchase Request Deadline or the Repurchase Pricing Date may be higher or lower than on the date a shareholder submits a repurchase request. See “Periodic Repurchase Offers” in the prospectus. |
Distribution Payment Risk year-to-year |
In the event that the Fund encounters delays in locating suitable investment opportunities, all or a substantial portion of the Fund’s distributions may constitute a return of capital to shareholders. To the extent that the Fund pays distributions that constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it will lower an investor’s tax basis in his or her Shares. A return of capital generally is a return of an investor’s investment, rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from the Fund’s investment activities, and generally results in a reduction of the tax basis in the Shares. As a result from such reduction in tax basis, shareholders may be subject to tax in connection with the sale of Fund Shares, even if such Shares are sold at a loss relative to the shareholder’s original investment. |
Liquidation Risk |
Effect of Additional Subscriptions |
Effect of Liquidation on Investment Objective |
Purchase Price Risk |
closing”) and will equal the NAV per Share of the applicable class as of such date, plus, with respect to Class A Shares and Class W Shares, the applicable sales load. As a result, in the event of an increase in the Fund’s NAV per Share of an applicable class, an investor’s purchase price may be higher than the prior daily closing price per Share of the applicable class, and therefore an investor may receive fewer Shares than if an investor had subscribed at the prior daily closing price. |
Best-Efforts Offering Risk . |
Private Credit Risk . out-sized impact on the performance of the Fund. The Fund’s investments are also subject to the risks associated with investing in private securities. Investments in private securities are illiquid, can be subject to various restrictions on resale, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to realize the value of such investments in a timely manner. See “Risks—Principal Risks—Restricted and Illiquid Investments Risks.” Additionally, private credit investments can range in credit quality depending on security-specific factors, including total leverage, amount of leverage senior to the security in question, variability in the issuer’s cash flows, the size of the issuer, the quality of assets securing debt and the degree to which such assets cover the subject company’s debt obligations. The companies in which the Fund invests may be leveraged, often as a result of leveraged buyouts or other recapitalization transactions, and often will not be rated by |
national credit rating agencies. See “Risks—Principal Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.” |
Valuation Risk . |
When market quotations are not readily available or are believed by the Advisor to be unreliable, the Advisor will fair value the Fund’s investments in accordance with its policies and procedures. Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of an asset or liability held by the Fund is the amount the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or the cost to extinguish that liability in an arm’s-length transaction. Fair value pricing may require determinations that are inherently subjective and inexact about the value of a security or other asset. As a result, there can be no assurance that fair value priced assets will not result in future adjustments to the prices of securities or other assets, or that fair value pricing will reflect a price that the Fund is able to obtain upon sale, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security or other asset will be materially different from quoted or published prices, from the prices used by others for the same security or other asset and/or from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that security or other asset. For example, the Fund’s NAV could be adversely affected if the Fund’s determinations regarding the fair value of the Fund’s investments were materially higher than the values that the Fund ultimately realizes upon the disposal of such investments. Where market quotations are not readily available, valuation may require more research than for more liquid investments. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation in such cases than for investments with a more active |
secondary market because there is less reliable objective data available. The Advisor anticipates that approximately 30-50% of the Fund’s net assets (calculated at the time of investment) may be valued using fair value. This percentage may increase over the life of the Fund and may exceed 50% of the Fund’s net assets due to a number of factors, including as a result of the Fund selling its more liquid investments in connection with, or having a smaller base of assets after, a repurchase offer; as the Fund nears liquidation; outflows of cash from time to time; and changes in the valuation of these investments. The Fund prices its Shares daily and therefore all assets, including assets valued at fair value, are valued daily. |
The Fund’s NAV is a critical component in several operational matters including computation of advisory and services fees and determination of the price at which the Shares will be offered and at which a repurchase offer will be made. Consequently, variance in the valuation of the Fund’s investments will impact, positively or negatively, the fees and expenses shareholders will pay, the price a shareholder will receive in connection with a repurchase offer and the number of shares an investor will receive upon investing in the Fund. The Fund may need to liquidate certain investments, including illiquid investments, in order to repurchase Shares in connection with a repurchase offer. A subsequent decrease in the valuation of the Fund’s investments after a repurchase offer could potentially disadvantage remaining shareholders to the benefit of shareholders whose Shares were accepted for repurchase. Alternatively, a subsequent increase in the valuation of the Fund’s investments could potentially disadvantage shareholders whose Shares were accepted for repurchase to the benefit of remaining shareholders. Similarly, a subsequent decrease in the valuation of the Fund’s investments after a subscription could potentially disadvantage subscribing investors to the benefit of preexisting shareholders, and a subsequent increase in the valuation of the Fund’s investments after a subscription could potentially disadvantage pre-existing shareholders to the benefit of subscribing investors. For more information regarding the Fund’s calculation of its NAV, see “Net Asset Value.” |
Corporate Bonds Risk |
Risks—Fixed Income Securities Risks,” “Risks—Additional Risks—Inflation Risk” and “Risks—Additional Risks—Deflation Risk.” There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are often high risk and have speculative characteristics and may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are subject to additional risks described herein under “Risks—Principal Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.” |
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk |
Restricted and Illiquid Investments Risk . 30-50% of the Fund’s net assets (calculated at the time of investment) will consist of these types of investments. In addition, the portion of the Fund’s portfolio that |
consists of these types of investments may increase over time and may exceed 50% of the Fund’s net assets due to a number of factors, including as a result of the Fund selling its more liquid investments in connection with, or having a smaller base of assets after, a repurchase offer, as the Fund nears liquidation, outflows of cash from time to time and changes in the valuation of the illiquid securities. See “Risks—Principal Risks—Repurchase Offers Risk” and “Risks—Principal Risks—Valuation Risk.” The Fund may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such investments if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. Limited liquidity can also affect the market price of investments, thereby adversely affecting the Fund’s NAV and ability to make dividend distributions. The financial markets have in recent years experienced periods of extreme secondary market supply and demand imbalance, resulting in a loss of liquidity during which market prices were suddenly and substantially below traditional measures of intrinsic value. During such periods, some investments could be sold only at arbitrary prices and with substantial losses. Periods of such market dislocation may occur again at any time. |
Leverage Risk . |
There can be no assurance that the Fund’s intended leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including: |
• | the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and distribution rate of the Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage; |
• | the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any leverage that the Fund must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders; |
• | the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged; |
• | when the Fund uses financial leverage, the investment advisory fee payable to the Advisor will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage; and |
• | leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. |
Any decline in the NAV of the Fund’s investments will be borne entirely by the holders of Shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, leverage will result in a greater decrease in NAV to the holders of Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged. While the Fund may from time to time consider reducing leverage in response to actual or anticipated changes in interest rates in an effort to mitigate the increased volatility of current income and NAV associated with leverage, there can be no assurances that the Fund will actually reduce leverage in the future or that any reduction, if undertaken, will benefit the holders of Shares. Changes in the future direction of interest rates are very difficult to predict accurately. If the Fund were to reduce leverage based on a prediction about future changes to interest rates, and that prediction turned out to be incorrect, the reduction in leverage would likely operate to reduce the income and/or total returns to holders of Shares relative to the circumstance where the Fund had not reduced leverage. The Fund may decide that this risk outweighs the likelihood of achieving the desired reduction to volatility in income and share price if the prediction were to prove to be correct and therefore determine not to reduce leverage as described above. |
The Fund may utilize leverage through investment in derivatives. See “Risks—Principal Risks—Strategic Transactions and Derivatives Risk.” Under Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act, among other things, the Fund must either use derivatives in a limited manner or comply with an outer limit on fund leverage risk based onvalue-at-risk. |
Certain types of leverage used by the Fund may result in the Fund being subject to covenants relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for the short-term debt securities or Preferred Shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisor does not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede it from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. |
In addition to the foregoing, the use of leverage treated as indebtedness of the Fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes may reduce the amount of Fund dividends that are otherwise eligible for the dividends received deduction in the hands of corporate shareholders. |
Strategic Transactions and Derivatives Risk . over-the-counter |
Strategic Transactions involve risks. The risks associated with Strategic Transactions include (i) the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, (ii) the possible default of the counterparty to the transaction, (iii) illiquidity of the derivative instruments, and (iv) high volatility losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, OTC non-standardized derivative transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-traded instruments. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, daily limits on price fluctuations and speculative position limits on exchanges on which the Fund may conduct its transactions in derivative instruments may prevent prompt liquidation of positions, subjecting the Fund to the potential of greater losses. Furthermore, the Fund’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisor’s ability to predict pertinent securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic |
Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Fund for investment purposes. |
Exchange-traded derivatives and OTC derivative transactions submitted for clearing through a central counterparty are also subject to minimum initial and variation margin requirements set by the relevant clearinghouse, as well as possible margin requirements mandated by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). The CFTC and federal banking regulators also have imposed margin requirements on non-cleared OTC derivatives, and the SEC’snon-cleared margin requirements for security-based swaps became effective on November 1, 2021. As applicable, margin requirements may increase the overall costs for the Fund. |
Many OTC derivatives are valued on the basis of dealers’ pricing of these instruments. However, the price at which dealers value a particular derivative and the price that the same dealers would actually be willing to pay for such derivative should the Fund wish or be forced to sell such position may be materially different. Such differences can result in an overstatement of the Fund’s NAV and may materially adversely affect the Fund in situations in which the Fund is required to sell derivative instruments. |
Direct Lending Risk . |
U.S. Securities Risk . |
Non-U.S. Securities Risk. non-U.S. issuers(“Non-U.S. Securities”). Such investments involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments. Securities markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States, and therefore, the prices ofNon-U.S. Securities can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers ofNon-U.S. Securities to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country. In addition, the Fund will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, which could cause the Fund to lose money on its investments inNon-U.S. Securities. The Fund will be subject to additional risks if it invests inNon-U.S. Securities, which include seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits.Non-U.S. Securities may trade on days when the Fund’s Shares are not priced or traded. |
Emerging Markets Risk . “Non-U.S. Securities Risk” are generally intensified for investments in emerging market countries, including countries that may be considered “frontier” markets. Emerging market countries typically have economic and political systems that are less fully developed and can be expected to be less stable than those of more developed countries. Investing in securities of companies in emerging markets may entail special risks relating to potential political and economic instability and the risks of expropriation, nationalization, confiscation or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investment, the lack of hedging instruments and restrictions on repatriation of capital invested. Economies of such countries can be subject to rapid and unpredictable rates of inflation or deflation. Emerging securities markets are substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets. The limited size of emerging securities markets and limited trading volume compared to |
the volume of trading in U.S. securities could cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the quality of the securities. For example, limited market size may cause prices to be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions. Adverse publicity and investors’ perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and liquidity of portfolio securities, especially in these markets. Other risks include high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries; overdependence on exports, including gold and natural resources, making these economies vulnerable to changes in commodity prices; overburdened infrastructure and obsolete or unseasoned financial systems; environmental problems; less developed legal systems; and less reliable securities custodial services and settlement practices. Certain emerging markets may also face other significant internal or external risks, including the risk of war and civil unrest. For all of these reasons, investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative. |
Frontier Markets Risk . |
Governments of many frontier countries in which the Fund may invest may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some cases, the governments of such frontier countries may own or control certain companies. Accordingly, government actions could have a significant effect on economic conditions in a frontier country and on market conditions, prices and yields of securities in the Fund’s portfolio. Moreover, the economies of frontier countries may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be, adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. |
Foreign Currency Risk |
Sovereign Government and Supranational Debt Risk . |
Tax Characterization Risk . the Fund has a Private Credit Sleeve in which are believed to present the potential for higher yield and capital appreciation versus more liquid portions of the Fund’s portfolio. While the amount of the Fund’s net assets allocated to such investments may vary over time,it is anticipated that approximately 30-50% of the Fund’s net assetswill be allocated to these types of investments. The amount of taxable income and the tax character of income derived from these types of investments may not be determined at the time of a distribution from the Fund and may be recharacterized on the IRS Form 1099 sent to |
shareholders, and any increase in the amount of taxable income recognized from these transactions over the amount initially anticipated by the Fund could, among other things, increase the portion of Fund distributions that are taxable to investors as ordinary dividend income and cause the Fund to be subject to excise taxes on undistributed taxable income. Additionally, to the extent the Fund’s investments are held in a liquidating trust, shareholder distributions paid out of the liquidating trust may be reported on a Grantor Information Statement. |
Distressed and Defaulted Securities Risk |
Yield and Ratings Risk |
Unrated Securities Risk |
investment objective will be more dependent on the Advisor’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Fund invests in rated securities. |
Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk |
“Covenant-Lite” Loans Risk |
may also experience delays in enforcing its rights on its holdings of covenant-lite loans. As a result of these risks, the Fund’s exposure to losses may be increased, which could result in an adverse impact on the Fund’s net income and NAV. |
Zero Coupon Securities Risk |
Senior Loans Risk |
investments in Senior Loans generally have less interest rate risk than other below investment grade fixed income securities, which may have fixed interest rates. |
Second Lien Loans Risk |
Mortgage Related Securities Risks closed-end, under what terms (including maturity of the MBS) any remaining balance in the accounts may revert to the issuing entity and the extent to which the entity that is the actual source of the collateral assets is obligated to provide support to the issuing vehicle or to the investors in such MBS; risks associated with the servicer of the underlying mortgages; adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in the value of the MBS; loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral. In addition, the Fund’s level of investment in MBS of a particular type or in MBS issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the same servicer or backed by underlying collateral located in a specific geographic region, may subject the Fund to additional risk. To the extent the Fund invests in junior tranches of MBS, it will be subject to |
additional risks, such as risking the proceeds that would otherwise be distributed to the Fund to pay down more senior tranches. |
MBS generally are classified as either residential MBS (“RMBS”) or commercial MBS (“CMBS”), each of which are subject to certain specific risks as further described below. |
RMBS Risks Non-agency residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower. A number of factors, including a general economic downturn, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances, may impair a borrower’s ability to repay its loans. |
CMBS Risks |
Asset-Backed Securities Risk |
Equity Securities Risk . |
Dividend Paying Equity Securities Risk . |
The prices of dividend producing equity securities can be highly volatile. Investors should not assume that the Fund’s investments in these securities will necessarily reduce the volatility of the Fund’s NAV or provide “protection,” compared to other types of equity securities, when markets perform poorly. |
Investment Companies and ETFs Risk . |
The securities of other investment companies, including ETFs and BDCs, in which the Fund may invest may be leveraged. As a result, the Fund may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities. An investment in securities of other investment companies, including ETFs or BDCs, that use leverage may expose the Fund to higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the possibility that the Fund’s long-term returns on such securities (and, indirectly, the long-term returns of the Fund’s Shares) will be diminished. |
Subsidiary Risk |
example, changes in U.S. tax laws could affect the U.S. tax treatment of, or consequences of owning, the Fund or the Subsidiaries, including under the RIC rules. |
Counterparty Risk . |
Risk Associated with Recent Market Events . |
Political and diplomatic events within the United States, including a contentious domestic political environment, changes in political party control of one or more branches of the U.S. government, the U.S. government’s inability at times to agree on a long term budget and deficit reduction plan, the threat of a U.S. government shutdown, and disagreements over, or threats not to increase, the U.S. government’s |
borrowing limit (or “debt ceiling”), as well as political and diplomatic events abroad, may affect investor and consumer confidence and may adversely impact financial markets and the broader economy, perhaps suddenly and to a significant degree. A downgrade of the ratings of U.S. government debt obligations, or concerns about the U.S. government’s credit quality in general, could have a substantial negative effect on the U.S. and global economies. In recent years, some countries, including the United States, have adopted and/or are considering the adoption of more protectionist trade policies. A rise in protectionist trade policies, and the possibility of changes to some international trade agreements, could affect the economies of many nations in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. In addition, geopolitical and other risks, including environmental and public health risks, may add to instability in world economies and markets generally. Economies and financial markets throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected. As a result, whether or not the Fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to countries experiencing economic, political and/or financial difficulties, the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by such events. |
An outbreak of an infectious coronavirus (COVID-19) that was first detected in December 2019 developed into a global pandemic that has resulted in numerous disruptions in the market and has had significant economic impact leaving general concern and uncertainty. Although vaccines have been developed and approved for use by various governments, the duration of the pandemic and its effects cannot be predicted with certainty. The impact of this coronavirus, and other epidemics and pandemics that may arise in the future, could affect the economies of many nations, individual companies and the market in general ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. |
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk . |
have long term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets, and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. |
Russia launched a large-scale invasion of Ukraine on February 24, 2022. The extent and duration of the military action, resulting sanctions and resulting future market disruptions, including declines in its stock markets and the value of the ruble against the U.S. dollar, in the region are impossible to predict, but could be significant. Any such disruptions caused by Russian military action or other actions (including cyberattacks and espionage) or resulting actual and threatened responses to such activity, including purchasing and financing restrictions, boycotts or changes in consumer or purchaser preferences, sanctions, tariffs or cyberattacks on the Russian government, Russian companies or Russian individuals, including politicians, could have a severe adverse effect on Russia and the European region, including significant negative impacts on the Russian economy, the European economy and the markets for certain securities and commodities, such as oil and natural gas, and may likely have collateral impacts on such sectors globally as well as other sectors. How long such military action and related events will last cannot be predicted. |
China and the United States have each imposed tariffs on the other country’s products. These actions may cause a significant reduction in international trade, the oversupply of certain manufactured goods, substantial price reductions of goods and possible failure of individual companies and/or large segments of China’s export industry, which could have a negative impact on the Fund’s performance. U.S. companies that source material and goods from China and those that make large amounts of sales in China would be particularly vulnerable to an escalation of trade tensions. Uncertainty regarding the outcome of the trade tensions and the potential for a trade war could cause the U.S. dollar to decline against safe haven currencies, such as the Japanese yen and the Euro. Events such as these and their consequences are difficult to predict and it is unclear whether further tariffs may be imposed or other escalating actions may be taken in the future. |
On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom (“UK”) officially withdrew from the EU (commonly known as “Brexit”). The UK and EU reached a preliminary trade agreement, which became effective on January 1, 2021, regarding the terms of their future trading relationship relating principally to the trading of goods; however, negotiations are ongoing for matters not covered by the agreement, such as the trade of financial services. Due to uncertainty of the current political environment, it is not possible to foresee the form or nature of the future trading relationship between the UK and the EU. The longer term economic, legal, political and social framework to be put in place between the UK and the EU remains unclear and the |
ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the UK and in wider European markets may continue for some time. In particular, Brexit may lead to a call for similar referendums in other European jurisdictions which may cause increased economic volatility in the European and global markets and may destabilize some or all of the other EU member countries. This uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the economy generally and on the ability of the Fund and its investments to execute their respective strategies, to receive attractive returns and/or to exit certain investments at an advantageous time or price. In particular, currency volatility may mean that the returns of the Fund and its investments are adversely affected by market movements and may make it more difficult, or more expensive, if the Fund elects to execute currency hedges. Potential decline in the value of the British Pound and/or the Euro against other currencies, along with the potential downgrading of the UK’s sovereign credit rating, may also have an impact on the performance of portfolio companies or investments located in the UK or Europe. In light of the above, no definitive assessment can currently be made regarding the impact that Brexit will have on the Fund, its investments or its organization more generally. |
Cybersecurity incidents affecting particular companies or industries may adversely affect the economies of particular countries, regions or parts of the world in which the Fund invests. |
The occurrence of any of these above events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by similar events and cannot predict the effects of similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. There can be no assurance that similar events and other market disruptions will not have other material and adverse implications. |
Regulation and Government Intervention Risk |
In light of popular, political and judicial focus on finance related consumer protection, financial institution practices are also subject to greater scrutiny and criticism generally. In the case of transactions between financial institutions and the general public, there may be a greater tendency toward strict interpretation of terms and legal rights in favor of the consuming public, particularly where there is a real or perceived disparity in risk allocation and/or where consumers are perceived as not having had an opportunity to exercise informed |
consent to the transaction. In the event of conflicting interests between retail investors holding common shares of a closed-end investment company such as the Fund and a large financial institution, a court may similarly seek to strictly interpret terms and legal rights in favor of retail investors. |
The Fund may be affected by governmental action in ways that are not foreseeable, and there is a possibility that such actions could have a significant adverse effect on the Fund and its ability to achieve its investment objective. |
Legal, Tax and Regulatory Risks |
To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss). If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. |
The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department. Revisions in U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations of these laws could adversely affect the tax consequences of your investment. |
Investment Dilution Risk |
Potential Conflicts of Interest of the Advisor, Sub-Advisors and Others |
could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. BlackRock and its Affiliates provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that may follow investment programs similar to that of the Fund. Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, BlackRock and its Affiliates intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. None of BlackRock or its Affiliates are under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Fund. As a result, BlackRock and its Affiliates may compete with the Fund for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Fund’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of an Affiliate or another account managed by an Affiliate and it is possible that the Fund could sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates and other accounts achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interest. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest and the way in which BlackRock addresses such conflicts, please see “Conflicts of Interest” and “Management of the Fund—Portfolio Management—Potential Material Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI. |
Allocation Risk . |
The Fund’s allocation of its investments across various segments of the securities markets and various countries, regions, asset classes and sectors may vary significantly over time based on the Advisor’s analysis and judgment. As a result, the particular risks most relevant to an investment in the Fund, as well as the overall risk profile of the Fund’s portfolio, may vary over time. The Advisor employs a flexible approach to the Fund’s investment allocations, but there is no guarantee that the Advisor’s allocation strategy will produce the desired results. The percentage of the Fund’s total assets allocated to any category of investment may at any given time be significantly less than the maximum percentage permitted pursuant to the Fund’s investment policies. It is possible that the Fund will focus on an investment that performs poorly or underperforms other investments under various market conditions. The flexibility of the Fund’s investment policies and the discretion granted to the Advisor to invest the Fund’s assets across various segments, classes and geographic regions of the securities markets and in securities with various characteristics means that the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be more dependent on the success of its investment adviser than other investment companies. |
As part of its strategy, the Fund has a Private Credit Sleeve in which the Fund will seek to invest in select less liquid or illiquid private credit investments, generally involving corporate borrowers, that are believed to present the potential for higher yield and capital appreciation versus more liquid portions of the Fund’s portfolio. While the amount of the Fund’s net assets allocated to such investments may vary over time, it is expected that approximately 30-50% of the Fund’s net assets will be allocated to these types of investments. |
Portfolio Turnover Risk . |
Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk open-end status or to change the composition of the Board. Such provisions could limit the ability of shareholders to sell their shares by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws.” |
Additional Risk Considerations . “Debtor-In-Possession “Pay-in-Kind |
For a discussion of non-principal risks, including “Risks Relating to Particular Countries or Geographic Regions,” “Inflation-Indexed Bonds Risk,” “Inverse Floater and Related Securities Risk,” “New Issues Risk,” “Highly Volatile Markets Risk,” “Structured Securities Risks,” “Warrants Risk,” “Rights Risks,” “Defensive Investing Risk,” |
“Hedging Transactions Risk,” “Option Transactions Risk,” “Commodities, Financial Futures Contracts and Options Thereon Risk,” “Forward Contracts Risk,” “Swaps Risk,” “Repurchase Agreements Risk,” “Dollar Roll Transactions Risk,” “When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions Risk,” “Securities Lending Risk,” “Short Sales Risk,” “Inflation Risk,” “Deflation Risk,” “Regulation as a ‘Commodity Pool’,” “Failure of Futures Commission Merchants and Clearing Organizations,” “Decision-Making Authority Risk,” “Management Risk,” “Market and Selection Risk,” “Reliance on the Advisor andSub-Advisors,” “Reliance on Service Providers,” “Information Technology Systems,” “Cyber Security Risk,” “Misconduct of Employees and of Service Providers” and “Operational Risk,” please see “Risks—Additional Risks” beginning on page 136 of this prospectus. |
Institutional Shares | Class A Shares | Class W Shares | Class U Shares | |||||||||||||
Shareholder Transaction Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) | ||||||||||||||||
Maximum Sales Load imposed on purchases (as a percentage of offering price) (1) | None | 2.50 | % | 3.50 | % | None | ||||||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price or repurchase proceeds, whichever is lower) | None | 1.50 | % (2) | None | None | |||||||||||
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees (3) | None | None | None | None | ||||||||||||
Repurchase Fee (4) | None | None | None | None | ||||||||||||
Annual Fund Operating Expenses | ||||||||||||||||
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of average net assets attributable to Shares, assuming the use of leverage) | ||||||||||||||||
Management Fee ( 7 ) | 1.08 | % | 1.08 | % | 1.08 | % | 1.08 | % | ||||||||
Distribution and Servicing Fee (5) | None | 0.75 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.75 | % | |||||||||
Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds (6) | 0.63 | % | 0.63 | % | 0.63 | % | 0.63 | % | ||||||||
Other Expenses | 0.29 | % | 0.25 | % | 0.23 | % | 0.35 | % | ||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses | 2.00 | % | 2.71 | % | 2.69 | % | 2.81 | % | ||||||||
Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursement ( 7 ) | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursement ( 7 ) | 2.00 | % | 2.71 | % | 2.69 | % | 2.81 | % | ||||||||
(1) | There is no sales load for Institutional Shares. Investors purchasing Class A Shares and Class W Shares may be charged a sales load of up to 2.50% and 3.50 %, respectively, of the investor’s aggregate purchase. The table assumes the maximum sales load is charged. The Distributor or Dealers may waive all or a portion of the sales load for certain classes of investors. While neither the Fund nor the Distributor imposes a sales load on Class U Shares, if you buy Class U Shares through certain selling agents or other financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you a transaction fee in such amount as they may determine. Any such fees will be in addition to your investment in the Fund and not deducted therefrom. Investors should consult with their selling agents or other financial intermediaries about any transaction or other fees their selling agents or other financial intermediaries might impose on each class of shares. See “Plan of Distribution.” |
(2) | A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1.50% is assessed on Fund repurchases of Class A Shares made within 18 months after purchase where no initial sales load was paid at the time of purchase as part of an investment of $250,000 or more. |
(3) | The Reinvestment Plan Agent’s (as defined below under “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”) fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends will be paid by the Fund. Any fees attributable to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan are included in the estimate of “Other Expenses.” |
(4) | The Fund does not currently intend to impose a repurchase fee but is permitted to charge up to 2%. See “Periodic Repurchase Offers—Repurchase Fee.” |
(5) | The Fund has adopted a distribution and servicing plan (the “Distribution and Servicing Plan”) and pays the Distribution and Servicing Fee under such plan. The maximum annual rates at which the Distribution and Servicing Fees may be paid under the Distribution and Servicing Plan (calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each of the Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares) is 0.75%. 0.25% of such fee is a shareholder servicing fee and the remaining portion is a distribution fee. See “Plan of Distribution—Distribution and Servicing Plan – Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares.” |
(6) | Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds is based on the current fiscal year and the use of leverage in the form of bank borrowings in an amount equal to 1.6% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (as defined below) (1.6% of the Fund’s net assets), and the weighted average annual interest rate on bank borrowings of 8.31%. The actual amount of interest expense borne by the Fund will vary over time in accordance with the level of the Fund’s use of bank borrowings and variations in market interest rates. Interest expense is required to be treated as an expense of the Fund for accounting purposes. |
(7) | The Fund has entered into an Expense Agreement in which the Advisor has agreed to waive and/or reimburse certain operating and other expenses of the Fund in order to limit certain expenses to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily value of the net assets of each share class. Subject to the terms of the Expense Agreement, expenses borne by the Advisor in the prior two fiscal years of the Fund are subject to recoupment by the Advisor. Such recoupment arrangement will terminate on March 1, 2026. The Fund will carry forward any waivers and/or reimbursements of fees and expenses in excess of the Expense Cap and repay the Advisor such amount provided the Fund is able to do so without exceeding the lesser of (1) the expense limit in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement, as applicable, or (2) the expense limit in effect at the time of recoupment after giving effect to the repayment. The Expense Agreement continues from year to year if approved by a majority of the Fund’s Independent Trustees. The current term of the Expense Agreement expires on June 30, 2025. The Expense Agreement may be terminated prior to June 30, 2025 only by action of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. See “Management of the Fund—Investment Management Agreement—Expense Agreement” for more information regarding the operating and other expenses that the Advisor has agreed to waive and/or reimburse pursuant to the Expense Agreement. |
The Fund and the Advisor have also entered into a fee waiver agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), pursuant to which the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive the management fee with respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets attributable to investments in any equity and fixed-income mutual funds and exchange-traded funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates that have a contractual fee, through June 30, 2025. In addition, pursuant to the Fee Waiver Agreement, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its management fees by the amount of investment advisory fees the Fund pays to the Advisor indirectly through its investment in money market funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates, through June 30, 2025. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, only by the Fund (upon the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund), upon 90 days’ written notice by the Fund to the Advisor. |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Institutional Shares | $ | 20 | $ | 63 | $ | 108 | $ | 233 | ||||||||
Class A Shares | $ | 52 | $ | 84 | $ | 143 | $ | 304 | ||||||||
Class W Shares | $ | 62 | $ | 84 | $ | 142 | $ | 302 | ||||||||
Class U Shares | $ | 28 | $ | 87 | $ | 148 | $ | 314 |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
Institutional Shares | $ | 20 | $ | 63 | $ | 108 | $ | 233 | ||||||||
Class A Shares | $ | 27 | $ | 84 | $ | 143 | $ | 304 | ||||||||
Class W Shares | $ | 27 | $ | 84 | $ | 142 | $ | 304 | ||||||||
Class U Shares | $ | 28 | $ | 87 | $ | 148 | $ | 314 |
Institutional | ||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended 12/31/23 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/22 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/21 | Year Ended 12/31/20 | Period from 02/28/19 (b) to 12/31/19 | ||||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of period | $ | 8.48 | $ | 9.96 | $ | 10.41 | $ | 10.24 | $ | 10.00 | ||||||||||
Net investment income (c) | 0.88 | 0.63 | 0.55 | 0.53 | 0.38 | |||||||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) | 0.13 | (1.43 | ) | (0.28 | ) | 0.25 | 0.35 | |||||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) from investment operations | 1.01 | (0.80 | ) | 0.27 | 0.78 | 0.73 | ||||||||||||||
Distributions (d) | ||||||||||||||||||||
From net investment income | (0.86 | ) | (0.68 | ) | (0.67 | ) | (0.49 | ) | (0.45 | ) | ||||||||||
From net realized gain | — | — | (0.05 | ) | (0.12 | ) | (0.04 | ) | ||||||||||||
Return of capital | (0.00 | ) (e) | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||
Total distributions | (0.86 | ) | (0.68 | ) | (0.72 | ) | (0.61 | ) | (0.49 | ) | ||||||||||
Net asset value, end of period | $ | 8.63 | $ | 8.48 | $ | 9.96 | $ | 10.41 | $ | 10.24 | ||||||||||
Total Return (f) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Based on net asset value | 12.36 | % | (8.17 | )% | 2.58 | % | 8.09 | % | 7.41 | % (g) | ||||||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets (h) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total expenses (i) | 2.00 | % | 2.20 | % (j) | 2.12 | % | 2.90 | % | 3.44 | % (k)(l) | ||||||||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed | 1.99 | % | 2.19 | % (j) | 2.11 | % | 2.59 | % | 1.84 | % (k) | ||||||||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and excluding interest expense and fees | 1.36 | % | 1.57 | % (j) | 1.66 | % | 1.66 | % | 1.47 | % (k) | ||||||||||
Net investment income | 10.15 | % | 7.09 | % | 5.30 | % | 5.40 | % | 4.45 | % (k) | ||||||||||
Supplemental Data | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net assets, end of period (000) | $ | 321,744 | $ | 293,515 | $ | 285,729 | $ | 128,769 | $ | 105,796 | ||||||||||
Borrowings outstanding, end of period (000) | $ | 7,450 | $ | 55,850 | $ | 73,250 | $ | 39,500 | $ | 16,000 | ||||||||||
Asset coverage, end of period per $1,000 of bank borrowings | $ | 62,975 | $ | 8,699 | $ | 6,846 | $ | 5,432 | $ | 7,612 | ||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate | 35 | % | 55 | % | 55 | % | 77 | % | 43 | % | ||||||||||
(a) | Consolidated Financial Highlights. |
(b) | Commencement of operations. |
(c) | Based on average shares outstanding. |
(d) | Distributions for annual periods determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations. |
(e) | Amount is greater than $(0.005) per share. |
(f) | Where applicable, assumes the reinvestment of distributions. The Fund is a continuously offered closed-end fund, the Shares of which are offered at net asset value. No secondary market for the Fund’s Shares exists. |
(g) | Not annualized. |
(h) | Excludes fees and expenses incurred indirectly as a result of investments in underlying funds. |
(i) | Includes recoupment of past waived and/or reimbursed fees. Excluding the recoupment of past waived and/or reimbursed fees, the expense ratios were as follows: |
Year Ended 12/31/23 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/22 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/21 | Year Ended 12/31/20 | Period from 02/28/19 (b) to 12/31/19 | ||||||||||||||||
Expense ratios | N/A | 2.13 | % | 1.93 | % | N/A | N/A |
(j) | Includes non-recurring expenses of offering costs. Without these costs, total expenses, total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and excluding interest expense and fees would have been 2.18%, 2.18% and 1.55%, respectively. |
(k) | Annualized. |
(l) | Audit and offering costs were not annualized in the calculation of the expense ratio. If these expenses were annualized, total expenses would have been 3.62%. |
Class A | ||||||||||||||||
Year Ended 12/31/23 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/22 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/21 | Period from 04/01/20 (b) to 12/31/20 | |||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of period | $ | 8.50 | $ | 9.97 | $ | 10.42 | $ | 8.48 | ||||||||
Net investment income (c) | 0.82 | 0.57 | 0.47 | 0.33 | ||||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) | 0.13 | (1.44 | ) | (0.28 | ) | 2.03 | ||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) from investment operations | 0.95 | (0.87 | ) | 0.19 | 2.36 | |||||||||||
Distributions (d) | ||||||||||||||||
From net investment income | (0.80 | ) | (0.60 | ) | (0.59 | ) | (0.30 | ) | ||||||||
From net realized gain | — | — | (0.05 | ) | (0.12 | ) | ||||||||||
Return of capital | (0.00 | ) (e) | — | — | — | |||||||||||
Total distributions | (0.80 | ) | (0.60 | ) | (0.64 | ) | (0.42 | ) | ||||||||
Net asset value, end of period | $ | 8.65 | $ | 8.50 | $ | 9.97 | $ | 10.42 | ||||||||
Total Return (f) | ||||||||||||||||
Based on net asset value | 11.53 | % | (8.87 | )% | 1.82 | % | 28.09 | % (g) | ||||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets (h) | ||||||||||||||||
Total expenses (i) | 2.71 | % | 2.87 | % (j) | 2.84 | % | 3.35 | % (k) | ||||||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed | 2.70 | % | 2.87 | % (j) | 2.82 | % | 3.25 | % (k) | ||||||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and excluding interest expense and fees | 2.06 | % | 2.25 | % (j) | 2.39 | % | 2.38 | % (k) | ||||||||
Net investment income | 9.45 | % | 6.34 | % | 4.57 | % | 4.45 | % (k) | ||||||||
Supplemental Data | ||||||||||||||||
Net assets, end of period (000) | $ | 95,592 | $ | 97,062 | $ | 116,182 | $ | 46,313 | ||||||||
Borrowings outstanding, end of period (000) | $ | 7,450 | $ | 55,850 | $ | 73,250 | $ | 39,500 | ||||||||
Asset coverage, end of period per $1,000 of bank borrowings | $ | 62,975 | $ | 8,699 | $ | 6,846 | $ | 5,432 | ||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate | 35 | % | 55 | % | 55 | % | 77 | % | ||||||||
(a) | Consolidated Financial Highlights. |
(b) | Commencement of operations. |
(c) | Based on average shares outstanding. |
(d) | Distributions for annual periods determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations. |
(e) | Amount is greater than $(0.005) per share. |
(f) | Where applicable, excludes the effects of any sales charges and assumes the reinvestment of distributions. The Fund is a continuously offered closed-end fund, the Shares of which are offered at net asset value. No secondary market for the Fund’s Shares exists. |
(g) | Not annualized. |
(h) | Excludes fees and expenses incurred indirectly as a result of investments in underlying funds. |
(i) | Includes recoupment of past waived and/or reimbursed fees. Excluding the recoupment of past waived and/or reimbursed fees, the expense ratios were as follows: |
Year Ended 12/31/23 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/22 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/21 | Period from 04/01/20 (b) to 12/31/20 | |||||||||||||
Expense ratios | N/A | 2.80 | % | 2.65 | % | N/A |
(j) | Includes non-recurring expenses of offering costs. Without these costs, total expenses, total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and excluding interest expense and fees would have been 2.85%, 2.85% and 2.23%, respectively. |
(k) | Annualized. |
Class U | ||||||||||||
Year Ended 12/31/23 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/22 (a) | Period from 07/12/21 (b) to 12/31/21 | ||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of period | $ | 8.50 | $ | 9.97 | $ | 10.51 | ||||||
Net investment income (c) | 0.81 | 0.58 | 0.20 | |||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) | 0.13 | (1.45 | ) | (0.38 | ) | |||||||
Net increase (decrease) from investment operations | 0.94 | (0.87 | ) | (0.18 | ) | |||||||
Distributions (d) | ||||||||||||
From net investment income | (0.80 | ) | (0.60 | ) | (0.31 | ) | ||||||
From net realized gain | — | — | (0.05 | ) | ||||||||
Return of capital | (0.00 | ) (e) | — | — | ||||||||
Total distributions | (0.80 | ) | (0.60 | ) | (0.36 | ) | ||||||
Net asset value, end of period | $ | 8.64 | $ | 8.50 | $ | 9.97 | ||||||
Total Return (f) | ||||||||||||
Based on net asset value | 11.41 | % | (8.87 | )% | (1.74 | )% (g) | ||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets (h) | ||||||||||||
Total expenses (i) | 2.81 | % | 2.88 | % (j) | 2.80 | % (k) | ||||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed | 2.80 | % | 2.88 | % (j) | 2.80 | % (k) | ||||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and excluding interest expense and fees | 2.17 | % | 2.24 | % (j) | 2.47 | % (k) | ||||||
Net investment income | 9.34 | % | 6.54 | % | 4.23 | % (k) | ||||||
Supplemental Data | ||||||||||||
Net assets, end of period (000) | $ | 44,169 | $ | 39,203 | $ | 26,076 | ||||||
Borrowings outstanding, end of period (000) | $ | 7,450 | $ | 55,850 | $ | 73,250 | ||||||
Asset coverage, end of period per $1,000 of bank borrowings | $ | 62,975 | $ | 8,699 | $ | 6,846 | ||||||
Portfolio turnover rate | 35 | % | 55 | % | 55 | % (l) | ||||||
(a) | Consolidated Financial Highlights. |
(b) | Commencement of operations. |
(c) | Based on average shares outstanding. |
(d) | Distributions for annual periods determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations. |
(e) | Amount is greater than $(0.005) per share. |
(f) | Where applicable, assumes the reinvestment of distributions. The Fund is a continuously offered closed-end fund, the Shares of which are offered at net asset value. No secondary market for the Fund’s Shares exists. |
(g) | Not annualized. |
(h) | Excludes fees and expenses incurred indirectly as a result of investments in underlying funds. |
(i) | Includes recoupment of past waived and/or reimbursed fees. Excluding the recoupment of past waived and/or reimbursed fees, the expense ratios were as follows: |
Year Ended 12/31/23 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/22 (a) | Period from 07/12/21 (b) to 12/31/21 | ||||||||||
Expense ratios | N/A | 2.82 | % | 2.54 | % |
(j) | Includes non-recurring expenses of offering costs. Without these costs, total expenses, total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and excluding interest expense and fees would have been 2.87%, 2.86% and 2.23%, respectively. |
(k) | Annualized. |
(l) | Portfolio turnover rate is representative of the Fund for the entire year. |
Class W | ||||||||||||
Year Ended 12/31/23 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/22 (a) | Period from 07/12/21 (b) to 12/31/21 | ||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of period | $ | 8.50 | $ | 9.97 | $ | 10.51 | ||||||
Net investment income (c) | 0.82 | 0.57 | 0.22 | |||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) | 0.13 | (1.44 | ) | (0.40 | ) | |||||||
Net increase (decrease) from investment operations | 0.95 | (0.87 | ) | (0.18 | ) | |||||||
Distributions (d) | ||||||||||||
From net investment income | (0.80 | ) | (0.60 | ) | (0.31 | ) | ||||||
From net realized gain | — | — | (0.05 | ) | ||||||||
Return of capital | (0.00 | ) (e) | — | — | ||||||||
Total distributions | (0.80 | ) | (0.60 | ) | (0.36 | ) | ||||||
Net asset value, end of period | $ | 8.65 | $ | 8.50 | $ | 9.97 | ||||||
Total Return (f) | ||||||||||||
Based on net asset value | 11.53 | % | (8.87 | )% | (1.74 | )% (g) | ||||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets (h) | ||||||||||||
Total expenses (i) | 2.69 | % | 2.87 | % (j) | 2.70 | % (k) | ||||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed | 2.69 | % | 2.87 | % (j) | 2.70 | % (k) | ||||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and excluding interest expense and fees | 2.05 | % | 2.25 | % (j) | 2.45 | % (k) | ||||||
Net investment income | 9.44 | % | 6.35 | % | 4.64 | % (k) | ||||||
Supplemental Data | ||||||||||||
Net assets, end of period (000) | $ | 206 | $ | 202 | $ | 237 | ||||||
Borrowings outstanding, end of period (000) | $ | 7,450 | $ | 55,850 | $ | 73,250 | ||||||
Asset coverage, end of period per $1,000 of bank borrowings | $ | 62,975 | $ | 8,699 | $ | 6,846 | ||||||
Portfolio turnover rate | 35 | % | 55 | % | 55 | % (l) | ||||||
(a) | Consolidated Financial Highlights. |
(b) | Commencement of operations. |
(c) | Based on average shares outstanding. |
(d) | Distributions for annual periods determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations. |
(e) | Amount is greater than $(0.005) per share. |
(f) | Where applicable, excludes the effects of any sales charges and assumes the reinvestment of distributions. The Fund is a continuously offered closed-end fund, the Shares of which are offered at net asset value. No secondary market for the Fund’s Shares exists. |
(g) | Not annualized. |
(h) | Excludes fees and expenses incurred indirectly as a result of investments in underlying funds. |
(i) | Includes recoupment of past waived and/or reimbursed fees. Excluding the recoupment of past waived and/or reimbursed fees, the expense ratios were as follows: |
Year Ended 12/31/23 (a) | Year Ended 12/31/22 (a) | Period from 07/12/21 (b) to 12/31/21 | ||||||||||
Expense ratios | N/A | 2.80 | % | 2.37 | % |
(j) | Includes non-recurring expenses of offering costs. Without these costs, total expense, total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed, and total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed and excluding interest expense and fees would have been 2.86, 2.85% and 2.24%, respectively. |
(k) | Annualized. |
(l) | Portfolio turnover rate is representative of the Fund for the entire year. |
Average Daily Loan Balance | Weighted Average Interest Rate % | Maximum Daily Loan Outstanding | ||
$32,874,932 | 6.7% | $74,850,000 |
Assumed Portfolio Total Return (Net of Expenses) | (10.00 | )% | (5.00 | )% | 0.00 | % | 5.00 | % | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||
Corresponding Total Return to Holders of Institutional Shares | (10.3 | )% | (5.2 | )% | (0.1 | )% | 4.9 | % | 10.0 | % | ||||||||||
Corresponding Total Return to Holders of Class A Shares | (10.3 | )% | (5.2 | )% | (0.1 | )% | 4.9 | % | 10.0 | % | ||||||||||
Corresponding Total Return to Holders of Class W Shares | (10.3 | )% | (5.2 | )% | (0.1 | )% | 4.9 | % | 10.0 | % | ||||||||||
Corresponding Total Return to Holders of Class U Shares | (10.3 | )% | (5.2 | )% | (0.1 | )% | 4.9 | % | 10.0 | % |
• | the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and distribution rate of the Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage; |
• | the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any leverage that the Fund must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders; |
• | the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged; |
• | when the Fund uses financial leverage, the investment advisory fee payable to the Advisor will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage; and |
• | leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. |
Portfolio Manager | Primary Role | Since | Title and Recent Biography | |||
James Keenan, CFA | Jointly and primarily responsible for setting the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing the Fund’s investment process and performance. | 2019 | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2008. | |||
Jeffrey Cucunato | Jointly and primarily responsible setting the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing the management of the Fund. | 2019 | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2005. | |||
David Delbos | Jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day | 2019 | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2012. | |||
Patrick Wolfe | Jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day | 2019 | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2019; Director of BlackRock, Inc. from 2018 to 2019. | |||
Eric Yuan | Jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management | 2022 | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2018. |
• | Level 1 – Unadjusted price quotations in active markets/exchanges for identical assets or liabilities that the Fund has the ability to access |
• | Level 2 – Other observable inputs (including, but not limited to, quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are active, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities (such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates) or other market–corroborated inputs) |
• | Level 3 – Unobservable inputs based on the best information available in the circumstances, to the extent observable inputs are not available (including the Fund’s own assumptions used in determining the fair value of investments and derivative financial instruments) |
Title of Class | Amount Authorized | Amount Held by the Fund or for its Account | Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amount Held by the Fund or for its Account | |||||||||
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share | Unlimited | None | 62,211,796.42 | |||||||||
Institutional Shares | Unlimited | None | 45,608,276.78 | |||||||||
Class A Shares | Unlimited | None | 11,283,542.81 | |||||||||
Class W Shares | Unlimited | None | 23,786.87 | |||||||||
Class U Shares | Unlimited | None | 5,296,189.96 |
• | the merger or consolidation of the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund with or into any Principal Shareholder; |
• | the issuance of any securities of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan); |
• | the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Fund, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or |
• | the sale, lease or exchange to the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund, in exchange for securities of the Fund, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Fund, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period. |
Institutional Shares | Class A Shares | Class W Shares | Class U Shares | |||||||||||||
Minimum Initial Investment | $ | 250,000 | $ | 2,500 | $ | 2,500 | $ | 2,500 | ||||||||
Minimum Subsequent Investment | None | None | None | None |
• | Employer-sponsored retirement plans (not including Simplified Employee Pension Individual Retirement Arrangements, Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees Individual Retirement Accounts or Salary Reduction Simplified Employee Pension Plans) and state sponsored 529 college savings plans, collective trust funds, investment companies or other pooled investment vehicles, unaffiliated thrifts and unaffiliated banks and trust companies. |
• | Employees, officers and directors/trustees of BlackRock or its affiliates and immediate family members of such persons, if they open an account directly with BlackRock. |
• | Clients of Dealers or other financial intermediaries that: (i) charge such clients a fee for advisory, investment consulting, or similar services or (ii) have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer Institutional Shares through a no-load program or investment platform. |
• | Clients investing through Dealers or other financial intermediaries that offer Institutional Shares on a platform that charges a transaction based sales commission outside of the Fund. |
• | Tax-qualified accounts for insurance agents that are registered representatives of an insurance company’s broker-dealer that has entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer Institutional Shares, and the family members of such persons. |
• | The minimum initial investment for each class of Shares may be modified or waived by the Fund and the Distributor for the Trustees and certain employees of BlackRock, Inc., including its affiliates, vehicles controlled by such Trustees and employees and their extended family members. There is no minimum subsequent investment for the Shares. |
• | which share classes are available to you; |
• | the amount you intend to invest; |
• | how long you expect to own the Shares; and |
• | total costs and expenses associated with a particular share class. |
Your investment | Sales charge as a % of the offering price | Sales charge as a % of net asset value | Dealer compensation as a % of offering price | |||||||||
Less than $100,000 | 2.50 | % | 2.56 | % | 2.50 | % | ||||||
$100,000 but less than $250,000 | 2.00 | % | 2.04 | % | 2.00 | % | ||||||
$250,000 and over 1 | None | None | 1.50 | % |
1 | If you invest $250,000 or more in Class A Shares, you will not pay an initial sales load. In the case, the Advisor compensates the Dealer from its own resources. However, if the Fund repurchases your Class A Shares within 18 months after purchase, you may be charged a deferred sales charge of 1.50% of the lesser of the original cost of the Class A Shares being repurchased or your repurchase proceeds. |
Your investment | Sales charge as a % of the offering price | Sales charge as a % of net asset value | Dealer compensation as a % of offering price | |||||||||
Less than $250,000 | 3.50 | % | 3.63 | % | 3.50 | % | ||||||
$250,000 but less than $500,000 | 2.50 | % | 2.56 | % | 2.50 | % | ||||||
$500,000 but less than $1,000,000 | 1.50 | % | 1.52 | % | 1.50 | % | ||||||
$1,000,000 and over | 1.00 | % | 1.01 | % | 1.00 | % |
• | reinvesting distributions; |
• | a current or former director or Trustee of the Fund; |
• | an employee (including the employee’s spouse, domestic partner, children, grandchildren, parents, grandparents, siblings or any dependent of the employee, as defined in section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Advisor or its affiliates or of a broker-dealer authorized to sell Class A Shares of the Fund; or |
• | purchasing Class A Shares through a financial services firm that has a special arrangement with the Fund. |
i. | Buy a specified amount of Investor A, Investor C, Investor P, Institutional, Class K and/or Premier Shares of Eligible BlackRock Open-End Funds, |
ii. | Make an investment in one or more Eligible Unlisted BlackRock Closed-End Funds and/or |
iii. | Make an investment through the BlackRock CollegeAdvantage 529 Program in one or more Eligible BlackRock Open-End Funds. |
• | The current value of an investor’s existing Investor A and A1, Investor C, Investor P, Institutional, Class K and Premier Shares in most Eligible BlackRock Open-End Funds; |
• | The current value of an investor’s existing shares of Eligible Unlisted BlackRock Closed-End Funds; and |
• | The investment in the BlackRock CollegeAdvantage 529 Program by the investor or by or on behalf of the investor’s spouse and children. |
• | Redemptions resulting from shareholder death as long as the waiver request is made within one year of death or, if later, reasonably promptly following completion of probate (including in connection with the distribution of account assets to a beneficiary of the decedent); |
• | Withdrawals resulting from shareholder disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) as long as the disability arose subsequent to the purchase of the shares; and |
• | Redemptions when a shareholder can demonstrate hardship, in the absolute discretion of the Fund. |
BlackRock Credit Strategies Fund
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
BlackRock Credit Strategies Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company that operates as an “interval fund.” This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relating to Shares does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus relating thereto dated April 29, 2024. This SAI, which is not a prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest (the “Shares”), and investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 882-0052. You may also obtain a copy of the prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
References to the Investment Company Act or other applicable law, will include any rules promulgated thereunder and any guidance, interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, including court interpretations, and exemptive, no-action or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.
This Statement of Additional Information is dated April 29, 2024.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S-1 | ||||
S-3 | ||||
S-16 | ||||
S-38 | ||||
S-54 | ||||
S-59 | ||||
S-64 | ||||
S-72 | ||||
S-73 | ||||
S-79 | ||||
S-79 | ||||
S-80 | ||||
S-80 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
B-1 |
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
Investment Restrictions
The Fund has adopted restrictions and policies relating to the investment of the Fund’s assets and its activities, as described below.
The restrictions and polices described below as “fundamental” may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities (which for this purpose and under the Investment Company Act means the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares), including class approval by a majority of the Fund’s outstanding Preferred Shares, if any (which for this purpose and under the Investment Company Act means the lesser of (i) 67% of the Preferred Shares, as a single class, represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding Preferred Shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding Preferred Shares).
Fundamental Investment Restrictions. Under its fundamental investment restrictions, the Fund may not:
1. Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act.
2. Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3. Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4. Invest in real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5. Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6. Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7. Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.
Fundamental Policy. The Fund has adopted a fundamental policy that it will make quarterly repurchase offers pursuant to Rule 23c-3 of the Investment Company Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, for no less than 5% nor more than 25% of the Shares outstanding at NAV, less any repurchase fee, unless suspended or postponed in accordance with regulatory requirements. This repurchase offer fundamental policy may be changed only with approval of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. Each repurchase pricing shall occur no later than the 14th day after the Repurchase Request Deadline (as defined in the Prospectus), or the next business day if the 14th day is not a business day. Shareholders will be notified in writing about each quarterly repurchase offer, how they may request that the Fund repurchase their Shares and the Repurchase Request Deadline, which is the date the repurchase offer ends.
Notations Regarding the Fund’s Fundamental Investment Restrictions. The fundamental investment restrictions set forth above restrict the ability of the Fund to engage in certain practices and purchase securities and other instruments other than as permitted by, or consistent with, applicable law, including the Investment Company Act. Relevant limitations of the Investment Company Act as they presently exist are described below. These limitations are based either on the Investment Company Act itself, the rules or regulations thereunder or applicable orders of the SEC. In addition, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff may be taken into account to determine if a certain practice or the purchase of securities or other instruments is permitted by the Investment Company Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or applicable orders of the SEC. As a result, the
S-1
foregoing fundamental investment restrictions may be interpreted differently over time as the statutes, rules, regulations or orders (or, if applicable, interpretations) that relate to the meaning and effect of these restrictions change, and no vote of the shareholders will be required or sought.
The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment restrictions and are subject to change without shareholder approval.
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. Government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to the Fund’s industry classifications, the Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act, including the rules and regulations thereunder, generally prohibits the Fund from borrowing money (other than certain temporary borrowings) unless immediately after the borrowing the Fund has satisfied the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness prescribed by the Investment Company Act; that is, the value of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (for these purposes, “total net assets”) is at least 300% of the senior securities representing indebtedness (effectively limiting the use of leverage through senior securities representing indebtedness to 331/3% of the Fund’s total net assets, including assets attributable to such leverage). Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act, when the Fund engages in reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions, the Fund may either (i) maintain asset coverage of at least 300% with respect to such transactions and any other borrowings in the aggregate, or (ii) treat such transactions as “derivatives transactions” and comply with Rule 18f-4 with respect to such transactions. Under the Investment Company Act, the Fund may not issue senior securities representing stock unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total net assets is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s outstanding senior securities representing stock, plus the aggregate amount of any senior securities representing indebtedness (effectively limiting the use of leverage through senior securities to 50% of the Fund’s total net assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the asset coverage tests described above are satisfied after giving effect to such dividend or distribution. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (5) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the Fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio
S-2
securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”). Although it is not believed that the application of the Securities Act provisions described above would cause the Fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (7) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the Fund from making loans (including lending its securities); however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets (including lending its securities), except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments (as applicable), as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.
The Fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the Investment Company Act. This means that the Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and (ii) securities of other investment companies) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer or (b) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the Fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the Investment Company Act, a fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions. Under its non-fundamental investment restrictions, which may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval, the Fund may not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by the Fund’s prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.
Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations under the Fund’s fundamental or non-fundamental investment restrictions apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken. Any change in the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in certain securities or other instruments resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the Fund’s total assets, including changes resulting from the Fund having a smaller base of assets after a repurchase offer, will not require the Fund to dispose of an investment until the Advisor determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences.
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the prospectus.
Municipal Securities
The Fund may invest in municipal securities, which include debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities, refunding of outstanding obligations and obtaining funds for general operating expenses and loans to other public institutions and facilities. In addition, certain types of private activity bonds (“PABs”) (or industrial development bonds, under pre-1986 law) are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to finance various privately owned or operated facilities, including among other things, airports, public ports, mass commuting facilities, multi-family housing projects, as well as facilities for water supply, gas, electricity, sewage or solid waste disposal and other specialized facilities. Other types of PABs, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment or
S-3
improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities. The interest on municipal securities may bear a fixed rate or be payable at a variable or floating rate. The two principal classifications of municipal securities are “general obligation” bonds and “revenue” bonds, which latter category includes PABs. Municipal securities typically are issued to finance public projects, such as roads or public buildings, to pay general operating expenses or to refinance outstanding debt. Municipal securities may also be issued for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned industrial development and pollution control projects. General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and credit, or taxing authority, of the issuer and may be repaid from any revenue source. Revenue bonds may be repaid only from the revenues of a specific facility or source. Municipal securities may be issued on a long term basis to provide permanent financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing power of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source, including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments and mortgage payments. Municipal securities may also be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt. Obligations are included within the term municipal securities if the interest paid thereon is excluded from gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer.
Taxable Municipal Securities. The Fund may invest in taxable municipal securities, which include obligations issued pursuant to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”) or other legislation providing for the issuance of taxable municipal debt on which the issuer receives federal support (any bonds so issued are considered “Build America Bonds”). If the Fund invests in Build America Bonds, it expects to invest in direct pay Build America Bonds and “principal only” strips of tax credit Build America Bonds. Provisions of the ARRA relevant to the issuance of Build America Bonds expired on December 31, 2010 and, as such, issuance has ceased.
Short-Term Securities
For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash equivalents and short-term securities, which may be either tax-exempt or taxable.
Short-Term Taxable Fixed Income Securities. Short-term taxable fixed income investments include, without limitation, the following:
1. U.S. Government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. Government securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. Government provides financial support to such U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurances can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.
2. Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
3. Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities.
S-4
4. Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. The Advisor will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.
Short-Term Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Securities. Short-term tax-exempt fixed income securities are securities that are exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax and mature within three years or less from the date of issuance. Short-term tax-exempt fixed income securities are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
1. Bond Anticipation Notes (“BANs”) are usually general obligations of state and local governmental issuers which are sold to obtain interim financing for projects that will eventually be funded through the sale of long-term debt obligations or bonds. The ability of an issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer’s access to the long-term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal and interest on the BANs.
2. Tax Anticipation Notes (“TANs”) are issued by state and local governments to finance the current operations of such governments. Repayment is generally to be derived from specific future tax revenues. TANs are usually general obligations of the issuer. A weakness in an issuer’s capacity to raise taxes due to, among other things, a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies could adversely affect the issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs.
3. Revenue Anticipation Notes (“RANs”) are issued by governments or governmental bodies with the expectation that future revenues from a designated source will be used to repay the notes. In general, they also constitute general obligations of the issuer. A decline in the receipt of projected revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal and interest on RANs.
4. Construction loan notes are issued to provide construction financing for specific projects. Frequently, these notes are redeemed with funds obtained from the Federal Housing Administration.
5. Bank notes are notes issued by local government bodies and agencies as those described above to commercial banks as evidence of borrowings. The purposes for which the notes are issued are varied but they are frequently issued to meet short-term working capital or capital-project needs. These notes may have risks similar to the risks associated with TANs and RANs.
6. Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper (“municipal paper”) represents very short-term unsecured, negotiable promissory notes, issued by states, municipalities and their agencies. Payment of principal and interest on issues of municipal paper may be made from various sources, to the extent the funds are available therefrom. Maturities on municipal paper generally will be shorter than the maturities of TANs, BANs or RANs. There is a limited secondary market for issues of municipal paper.
Certain municipal securities may carry variable or floating rates of interest whereby the rate of interest is not fixed but varies with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as a bank prime rate or tax-exempt money market indices.
While the various types of notes described above as a group represent the major portion of the tax-exempt note market, other types of notes are available in the marketplace and the Fund may invest in such other types of notes to the extent permitted under its investment objective, policies and limitations. Such notes may be issued for different purposes and may be secured differently from those mentioned above.
S-5
Preferred Shares
The Fund may leverage its portfolio by issuing Preferred Shares. The Board would consider numerous factors when deciding whether to issue Preferred Shares. Preferred Shares may at times afford more structuring flexibility and better rates than some forms of borrowing. In addition, the Fund may issue a greater amount of Preferred Shares as compared to borrowings.
Under the Investment Company Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after such issuance, the liquidation value of the Fund’s outstanding Preferred Shares exceeds 50% of its assets (including the proceeds from the issuance) less liabilities other than borrowings (i.e., the value of the Fund’s assets must be at least 200% of the liquidation value of its outstanding Preferred Shares). In addition, the Fund would not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s assets less liabilities other than borrowings is at least 200% of such liquidation value.
The Fund expects that Preferred Shares, if issued, will pay dividends at a fixed rate as described in the offering documents accompanying the offering of any such shares. The Fund may also issue Preferred Shares that would pay adjustable rate dividends based on shorter-term interest rates, which would be redetermined periodically by a fixed spread or remarketing process, subject to a maximum rate which would increase over time in the event of an extended period of unsuccessful remarketing. The adjustment period for such Preferred Share dividends could be as short as one day or as long as a year or more. Preferred Shares, if issued, could include a liquidity feature that allows holders of Preferred Shares to have their shares purchased by a liquidity provider in the event that sell orders have not been matched with purchase orders and successfully settled in a remarketing. The Fund expects that it would pay a fee to the provider of this liquidity feature, which would be borne by common shareholders of the Fund. The terms of such liquidity feature could require the Fund to redeem Preferred Shares still owned by the liquidity provider following a certain period of continuous, unsuccessful remarketing, which may adversely impact the Fund.
If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund may, to the extent possible, purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain asset coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. In addition, as a condition to obtaining ratings on the Preferred Shares, the terms of any Preferred Shares issued are expected to include asset coverage maintenance provisions which will require the redemption of the Preferred Shares in the event of non-compliance by the Fund and may also prohibit dividends and other distributions on the Shares in such circumstances. In order to meet redemption requirements, the Fund may have to liquidate portfolio securities. Such liquidations and redemptions would cause the Fund to incur related transaction costs and could result in capital losses to the Fund. Prohibitions on dividends and other distributions on the Shares could impair the Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC under the Code. If the Fund has Preferred Shares outstanding, two of the Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees will be elected by holders of Shares and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the event the Fund failed to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees.
If the Fund issues Preferred Shares, the Fund expects that it will be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines are expected to impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the Investment Company Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Advisor from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.
Event Driven Investments
The Fund may invest in companies that are subject to corporate events such as mergers, acquisitions, restructurings, spin-offs, shareholder activism, or other special situations that alter a company’s financial
S-6
structure or operating strategy. The prices of securities of the companies involved in these events are typically influenced more by the dynamics of the particular event or situation. Typically, these strategies rely on fundamental research that extends beyond the evaluation of the issues affecting a single company to include an assessment of the legal and structural issues surrounding the extraordinary event or transaction. The intended goal of the investment strategies within the event driven strategy is to profit when the price of a security changes to reflect more accurately the likelihood and potential impact of the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of the extraordinary event.
Real Estate Investment Trusts
The Fund may invest in equity interests and debt securities issued by real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs possess certain risks which differ from an investment in common stocks. REITs are financial vehicles that pool investors’ capital to purchase or finance real estate. REITs may concentrate their investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property types (i.e., hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and office buildings). The market value of REIT shares and the ability of REITs to distribute income may be adversely affected by several factors, including rising interest rates, changes in the national, state and local economic climate and real estate conditions, perceptions of prospective tenants of the safety, convenience and attractiveness of the properties, the ability of the owners to provide adequate management, maintenance and insurance, the cost of complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act, increased competition from new properties, the impact of present or future environmental legislation and compliance with environmental laws, changes in real estate taxes and other operating expenses, adverse changes in governmental rules and fiscal policies, adverse changes in zoning laws and other factors beyond the control of the REIT issuers. In addition, distributions received by the Fund from REITs may consist of dividends, capital gains and/or return of capital. As REITs generally pay a higher rate of dividends (on a pre-tax basis) than operating companies, to the extent application of the Fund’s investment strategy results in the Fund investing in REIT shares, the percentage of the Fund’s dividend income received from REIT shares will likely exceed the percentage of the Fund’s portfolio which is comprised of REIT shares. There are three general categories of REITs: equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property; they derive most of their income from rents. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate.
Alternative Lending
Alternative lending, which is sometimes referred to as peer-to-peer lending, online lending or marketplace lending, is a method of financing in which an alternative lending platform facilitates the borrowing and lending of money while generally not relying on deposits for capital to fund loans. It is considered an alternative to more traditional debt financing done through a bank. There are several different models of alternative lending but, very generally, a platform typically matches consumers, small or medium-sized businesses or other types of borrowers with investors that are interested in gaining investment exposure to the loans made to such borrowers. Prospective borrowers are usually required to provide or give access to certain financial information to the platform, such as the intended purpose of the loan, income, employment information, credit score, debt-to-income ratio, credit history (including defaults and delinquencies) and home ownership status, and, in the case of small business loans, business financial statements and personal credit information regarding any guarantor, some of which information is made available to prospective lenders. Often, platforms charge fees to borrowers to cover these screening and administrative costs. Based on this and other relevant supplemental information, the platform usually assigns its own credit rating to the borrower and sets the interest rate for the requested borrowing. Platforms then post the borrowing requests online and investors may choose among the loans, based on the interest rates the loans are expected to yield less any servicing or origination fees charged by the platform or others involved in the lending arrangement, the background data provided on the borrowers and the credit rating assigned by the platform. In some cases, a platform partners with a bank to originate a loan to a borrower, after which the bank sells the loan to the platform or directly to the investor; alternatively, some
S-7
platforms may originate loans themselves. Some investors, including the Fund, may not review the particular characteristics of the loans in which they invest at the time of investment, but rather negotiate in advance with platforms the general criteria of the investments, as described above. As a result, the Fund is dependent on the platforms’ ability to collect, verify and provide information to the Fund about each loan and borrower.
Platforms may set minimum eligibility standards for borrowers to participate in alternative lending arrangements and may limit the maximum permitted borrowings. Depending on the purpose and nature of the loan, its term may, for example, be as short as six months or shorter, or as long as thirty years or longer. Set forth below is additional information about some of the Fund’s alternative lending-related investments.
Whole Loans. The Fund may invest in whole loans. When the Fund invests directly or indirectly in whole loans, it typically purchases all rights, title and interest in the loans pursuant to a loan purchase agreement directly from the platform or its affiliate. The platform or a third-party servicer typically continues to service the loans, collecting payments and distributing them to investors, less any servicing fees assessed against the Fund, and the servicing entity typically will make all decisions regarding acceleration or enforcement of the loans following any default by a borrower. Where a platform or its affiliate acts as the loan servicer, there is typically a backup servicer in place in case that platform or affiliate ceases or fails to perform these servicing functions. The Fund, as an investor in a whole loan, would be entitled to receive payment only from the borrower and/or any guarantor, and would not be able to recover any deficiency from the platform, except under very narrow circumstances, which may include fraud by the borrower in some cases. As described above, the whole loans in which the Fund may invest may be secured or unsecured.
Asset-Backed Securities. The Fund may directly or indirectly invest in, and/or sell certain of its alternative lending-related investments to, special purpose entities, sometimes referred to as securitization vehicles, formed by third parties for the purpose of acquiring alternative lending-related investments and issuing securities, the payments on which are funded by payments received on such entities’ underlying investments. Such asset-backed securities may be issued in different tranches of debt and residual equity interests with different rights and preferences. The Fund may hold any tranche of such asset-backed securities. Such a securitization vehicle may be formed by a platform, a pooled investment vehicle or any other entity.
Shares, Certificates, Notes or Other Securities. The Fund may also invest directly or indirectly in shares, certificates, notes or other securities representing the right to receive principal and interest payments due on fractions of whole loans or pools of whole loans. The platform or a separate special purpose entity organized by or on behalf of the platform may hold the whole loans underlying such securities on its books and issue to the Fund, as an investor, a share, certificate, note or other security, the payments on which track and depend upon the borrower payments on the underlying loans. As with whole loans, the platforms or third-party servicers typically continue to service the underlying loans on which the performance of such securities is based. Such securities may be linked to any of the types of whole loans in which the Fund may invest directly. Such securities may also track fractions of a whole loan. These securities may be sold through publicly registered offerings or through unregistered private offerings.
Funding Agreements
The Fund may invest in Guaranteed Investment Contracts and similar funding agreements. In connection with these investments, the Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of an insurance company’s general account. The insurance company then credits to the Fund payments at an agreed upon rate (which may be a fixed or variable rate). The funding agreements provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. The purchase price paid for a funding agreement becomes part of the general assets of the insurance company, and the contract is paid from the general assets of the insurance company. Generally, funding agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in some funding agreements does not currently exist.
S-8
Litigation Finance
Litigating and settling private lawsuits can be a very lengthy and expensive process. Parties to a litigation and/or their counsel are in need of immediate funds for a variety of reasons. The Fund may enter into arrangement with a plaintiff or law firm in order to provide capital to fund litigation in exchange for a portion of the award or settlement. Generally, the recipient of such financing is not obligated to make any payment unless and until litigation proceeds are actually received by the litigant or their counsel. If the matter fails to be resolved, or is resolved adversely to the plaintiff, there is generally no obligation to pay anything and the Fund would suffer a complete loss of the capital invested.
Guarantees
The Fund may purchase securities which contain guarantees issued by an entity separate from the issuer of the security. Generally, the guarantor of a security (often an affiliate of the issuer) will fulfill an issuer’s payment obligations under a security if the issuer is unable to do so.
Rights Offerings and Warrants to Purchase
The Fund may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security. Buying a warrant does not make the Fund a shareholder of the underlying stock.
Depositary Receipts
The Fund may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and other similar global instruments, which are generally subject to risks associated with equity securities and investments in non-U.S. securities. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either non-U.S. or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer.
Master Limited Partnerships
Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”) are limited partnerships or limited liability companies taxable as partnerships. MLPs may derive income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil, or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. When investing in an MLP, the Fund intends to purchase publicly traded common units issued to limited partners of the MLP. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner
S-9
typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role in the partnership’s operations and management.
Exchange Traded Notes (“ETNs”)
The Fund may invest in ETNs. ETNs are generally notes representing debt of the issuer, usually a financial institution. ETNs combine both aspects of bonds and ETFs. An ETN’s returns are based on the performance of one or more underlying assets, reference rates or indexes, minus fees and expenses. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an Exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return linked to the performance of the specific asset, index or rate (“reference instrument”) to which the ETN is linked minus certain fees. Unlike regular bonds, ETNs do not make periodic interest payments, and principal is not protected.
The value of an ETN may be influenced by, among other things, time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, the performance of the reference instrument, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the reference instrument. An ETN that is tied to a reference instrument may not replicate the performance of the reference instrument. ETNs also incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable reference instrument. Some ETNs that use leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid and, thus, they may be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Levered ETNs are subject to the same risk as other instruments that use leverage in any form. While leverage allows for greater potential return, the potential for loss is also greater. Finally, additional losses may be incurred if the investment loses value because, in addition to the money lost on the investment, the loan still needs to be repaid.
Because the return on the ETN is dependent on the issuer’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations, the value of the ETN may change due to a change in the issuer’s credit rating, despite no change in the underlying reference instrument. The market value of ETN shares may differ from the value of the reference instrument. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETN shares at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the assets underlying the reference instrument that the ETN seeks to track.
There may be restrictions on the Fund’s right to redeem its investment in an ETN, which are generally meant to be held until maturity. The Fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. An investor in an ETN could lose some or all of the amount invested.
Participation Notes
The Fund may buy participation notes from a bank or broker-dealer (“issuer”) that entitle the Fund to a return measured by the change in value of an identified underlying security or basket of securities (collectively, the “underlying security”). Participation notes are typically used when a direct investment in the underlying security is restricted due to country-specific regulations.
The Fund is subject to counterparty risk associated with each issuer. Investment in a participation note is not the same as investment in the constituent shares of the company. A participation note represents only an obligation of the issuer to provide the Fund the economic performance equivalent to holding shares of an underlying security. A participation note does not provide any beneficial or equitable entitlement or interest in the relevant underlying security. In other words, shares of the underlying security are not in any way owned by the Fund. However each participation note synthetically replicates the economic benefit of holding shares in the underlying security. Because a participation note is an obligation of the issuer, rather than a direct investment in
S-10
shares of the underlying security, the Fund may suffer losses potentially equal to the full value of the participation note if the issuer fails to perform its obligations. The Fund attempts to mitigate that risk by purchasing only from issuers which the Advisor deems to be creditworthy.
The counterparty may, but is not required to, purchase the shares of the underlying security to hedge its obligation. The Fund may, but is not required to, purchase credit protection against the default of the issuer. When the participation note expires or the Fund exercises the participation note and closes its position, the Fund receives a payment that is based upon the then-current value of the underlying security converted into U.S. dollars (less transaction costs). The price, performance and liquidity of the participation note are all linked directly to the underlying security. The Fund’s ability to redeem or exercise a participation note generally is dependent on the liquidity in the local trading market for the security underlying the participation note.
Life Settlement Investments
The Fund may invest in life settlements, which are sales to third parties, such as the Fund, of existing life insurance contracts for more than their cash surrender value but less than the net benefits to be paid under the policies. When the Fund acquires such a contract, it pays the policy premiums in return for the expected receipt of the net benefit as the beneficiary under the policy. Investments in these contracts involve certain risks, including liquidity risk, credit risk of the insurance company, and inaccurate estimations of life expectancy of the insured individuals (“viators”). These policies are considered illiquid in that they are bought and sold in a secondary market through life settlement agents. Also, in the event of a bankruptcy of the insurance carrier for a policy, the Fund may receive reduced or no benefits under the contract. The Fund seeks to minimize credit risk by investing in policies issued by a diverse range of highly-rated insurance carriers. Furthermore, the Fund may encounter losses on its investments if there is an inaccurate estimation of the life expectancies of viators. The Fund intends to reduce this life expectancy risk by investing only in contracts where the life expectancy was reviewed by an experienced actuary, as well as by diversifying its investments across viators of varying ages and medical profiles. In addition, it is unclear whether the income from life settlements is qualifying income for purposes of the IRS 90% gross income test the Fund must satisfy each year to qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”). The Fund intends to monitor its investments to ensure that the Fund remains qualified as a RIC.
Commodities
The Fund may invest directly in commodities. Commodities include, without limitation, minerals, metals (including precious, industrial and rare metals), steel, agricultural products and commodities, livestock, environmental commodities, wool, ethanol, chemicals, forest products (including wood, pulp and paper), plastic, rubber, sugar, cotton, cocoa, coffee, basic materials, building materials, water, oil, gas, consumable fuel, energy and other natural resources. Unlike financial instruments, there are costs of physical storage and insurance associated with purchasing a commodity, which would not be directly associated with a futures contract for the same commodity.
Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques
As described in the prospectus, the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts, enter into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures and swap contracts (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps index products, credit default swaps, total return swaps (sometimes referred to as “contracts for difference”) and interest rate swaps) and may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) put and call options on securities and swap contracts, financial indices and futures contracts and use other derivative instruments or management techniques (collectively, “Strategic Transactions”). This section contains various additional information about the type of Strategic Transactions in which the Fund may engage.
S-11
Swaptions. A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund may incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it would incur when it purchases a swaption with the same terms. When the Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Foreign Exchange Transactions. The Fund may engage in spot and forward foreign exchange transactions and currency swaps, purchase and sell options on currencies and purchase and sell currency futures and related options thereon (collectively, “Currency Instruments”) for purposes of hedging against the decline in the value of currencies in which its portfolio holdings are denominated against the U.S. dollar or may seek to enhance returns. Such transactions could be effected with respect to hedges on foreign dollar denominated securities owned by the Fund, sold by the Fund but not yet delivered, or committed or anticipated to be purchased by the Fund. As an illustration, the Fund may use such techniques to hedge the stated value in U.S. dollars of an investment in a yen-denominated security. In such circumstances, for example, the Fund may purchase a foreign currency put option enabling it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date. To the extent the hedge is successful, a loss in the value of the yen relative to the dollar will tend to be offset by an increase in the value of the put option. To offset, in whole or in part, the cost of acquiring such a put option, the Fund may also sell a call option which, if exercised, requires it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date (a technique called a “straddle”). By selling such a call option in this illustration, the Fund gives up the opportunity to profit without limit from increases in the relative value of the yen to the dollar. “Straddles” of the type that may be used by the Fund are considered to constitute hedging transactions. The Fund may not attempt to hedge any or all of its foreign portfolio positions.
Forward Foreign Currency Contracts. The Fund may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another foreign currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (term) from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time the forward currency contract is entered into. Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The Fund may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency that the Fund intends to acquire. The Fund may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security or a dividend or interest payment denominated in a foreign currency. The Fund may also use forward currency contracts to shift the Fund’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes from one currency to another. For example, if the Fund owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and the Advisor believes that currency will decline relative to another currency, the Fund might enter into a forward currency contract to sell the appropriate amount of the first foreign currency with payment to be made in the second currency. The Fund may also purchase forward currency contracts to enhance income when the Advisor anticipates that the foreign currency will appreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities. The Fund may also use forward currency contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in a foreign currency. Such a hedge would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Fund could also hedge the position by entering into a forward currency contract to sell another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Fund’s existing investments are denominated. This type of transaction could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but may not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a simple forward currency transaction to sell U.S. dollars. This type of transaction may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated. The Fund may also use forward currency contracts in one currency or a basket of currencies to attempt to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the Advisor anticipates that there will be a correlation between the two currencies.
S-12
The cost to the Fund of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are usually involved. When the Fund enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of some or all of any expected benefit of the transaction. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund might be unable to close out a forward currency contract. In either event, the Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the Fund might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
Options. The Fund may also use options as Strategic Transactions.
Call Options. The Fund may purchase call options on any of the types of securities or instruments in which it may invest. A purchased call option gives the Fund the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time during the option period. The Fund also may purchase and sell call options on indices. Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater than the exercise price of the option.
The Fund may write (i.e., sell) covered call options on the securities or instruments in which it may invest and enter into closing purchase transactions with respect to certain of such options. A covered call option is an option in which the Fund, in return for a premium, gives another party a right to buy specified securities owned by the Fund at a specified future date and price set at the time of the contract. The principal reason for writing call options is the attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. By writing covered call options, the Fund gives up the opportunity, while the option is in effect, to profit from any price increase in the underlying security above the option exercise price. In addition, the Fund’s ability to sell the underlying security will be limited while the option is in effect unless the Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction. A closing purchase transaction cancels out the Fund’s position as the writer of an option by means of an offsetting purchase of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has written. Covered call options also serve as a partial hedge to the extent of the premium received against the price of the underlying security declining.
The Fund may write (i.e., sell) uncovered call options on securities or instruments in which it may invest but that are not currently held by the Fund. The principal reason for writing uncovered call options is to realize income without committing capital to the ownership of the underlying securities or instruments. When writing uncovered call options, the Fund must deposit and maintain sufficient margin with the broker-dealer through which it made the uncovered call option as collateral to ensure that the securities can be purchased for delivery if and when the option is exercised. During periods of declining securities prices or when prices are stable, writing uncovered calls can be a profitable strategy to increase the Fund’s income with minimal capital risk. Uncovered calls are riskier than covered calls because there is no underlying security held by the Fund that can act as a partial hedge. Uncovered calls have speculative characteristics and the potential for loss is unlimited. When an uncovered call is exercised, the Fund must purchase the underlying security to meet its call obligation. There is also a risk, especially with less liquid preferred and debt securities, that the securities may not be available for
S-13
purchase. If the purchase price exceeds the exercise price, the Fund will lose the difference. These types of written call options, while described as “uncovered” in this context, are considered “covered” for purposes of the Fund’s options writing strategy described in the prospectus.
Put Options. The Fund may purchase put options. By buying a put option, the Fund acquires a right to sell such underlying securities or instruments at the exercise price, thus limiting the Fund’s risk of loss through a decline in the market value of the securities or instruments until the put option expires. The amount of any appreciation in the value of the underlying securities or instruments will be partially offset by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and any related transaction costs. Prior to its expiration, a put option may be sold in a closing sale transaction and profit or loss from the sale will depend on whether the amount received is more or less than the premium paid for the put option plus the related transaction costs. A closing sale transaction cancels out the Fund’s position as the purchaser of an option by means of an offsetting sale of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has purchased.
The Fund also may write (i.e., sell) put options on the types of securities or instruments that may be held by the Fund, provided that such put options are covered, meaning that such options are secured by liquid assets segregated or earmarked on the Fund’s books and records. The Fund will receive a premium for writing a put option, which increases the Fund’s return.
The Fund also may write (i.e., sell) uncovered put options on securities or instruments in which it may invest but that the Fund does not currently have a corresponding short position or has not deposited cash equal to the exercise value of the put option with the broker dealer through which it made the uncovered put option as collateral. The principal reason for writing uncovered put options is to receive premium income and to acquire such securities or instruments at a net cost below the current market value. The Fund has the obligation to buy the securities or instruments at an agreed upon price if the securities or instruments decrease below the exercise price. If the securities or instruments price increases during the option period, the option will expire worthless and the Fund will retain the premium and will not have to purchase the securities or instruments at the exercise price
In selling puts, there is a risk that the Fund may be required to buy the underlying security at a price higher than the current market price.
Additional Information About Options. In the case of either put or call options that it has purchased, if the option expires without being sold or exercised, the Fund will experience a loss in the amount of the option premium plus any commissions paid by the Fund. When the Fund sells put and call options, it receives a premium as the seller of the option. The premium that the Fund receives for selling the option will serve as a partial and limited (to the dollar amount of the premium) hedge, in the amount of the option premium, against changes in the value of the securities in its portfolio. During the term of the option, however, a covered call seller has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price of the option if the value of the underlying security increases, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Conversely, a put seller retains the risk of loss should the market value of the underlying security decline below the exercise price of the option, less the premium received on the sale of the option. The Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed options and OTC options (“OTC Options”) which are privately negotiated with the counterparty. Listed options are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.
The Fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an exchange-listed put or call option is dependent upon the existence of a liquid secondary market on option exchanges. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an Exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) interruption of the normal operations on an Exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current
S-14
trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been listed by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. OTC Options are purchased from or sold to dealers, financial institutions or other counterparties which have entered into direct agreements with the Fund. With OTC Options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be agreed upon between the Fund and the counterparty, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. If the counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the securities underlying an option it has written, or otherwise settle the transaction in accordance with the terms of that option as written, the Fund would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. OTC Options and assets used to cover OTC Options written by the Fund are considered by the staff of the SEC to be illiquid. The illiquidity of such options or assets may prevent a successful sale of such options or assets, result in a delay of sale, or reduce the amount of proceeds that might otherwise be realized.
The hours of trading for options on debt securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.
Hybrid Securities. A hybrid instrument is a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional bond, stock or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil. Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the NAV of the Fund’s Shares if the Fund invests in hybrid instruments.
New Products. The financial markets continue to evolve and financial products continue to be developed. The Fund reserves the right to invest in new financial products as they are developed or become more widely accepted. As with any new financial product, these products will entail risks, including risks to which the Fund currently is not subject.
The principal risks relating to the use of futures contracts and other Strategic Transactions are: (i) less than perfect correlation between the prices of the instrument and the market value of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio; (ii) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for closing out a position in such instruments; (iii) losses resulting from interest rate or other market movements not anticipated by the Advisor; and (iv) the obligation to meet additional variation margin or other payment requirements, all of which could result in the Fund being in a worse position than if such transactions had not been used.
S-15
Certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) may restrict or affect the ability of the Fund to engage in Strategic Transactions. See “Tax Matters.”
Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) Integration
Although the Fund does not seek to implement a specific sustainability objective, strategy or process unless disclosed in the Prospectus, Fund management will consider ESG factors as part of the investment process for the Fund. Fund management views ESG integration as the practice of incorporating financially material ESG data or information into investment processes with the objective of enhancing risk-adjusted returns. These ESG considerations will vary depending on a fund’s particular investment strategies and may include consideration of third-party research as well as consideration of proprietary research of the Advisor across the ESG risks and opportunities regarding an issuer. The ESG characteristics utilized in the Fund’s investment process are anticipated to evolve over time and one or more characteristics may not be relevant with respect to all issuers that are eligible for investment.
Certain of these considerations may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries. While Fund management views ESG considerations as having the potential to contribute to the Fund’s long-term performance, there is no guarantee that such results will be achieved.
ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS
Municipal Securities Market Risk
Economic exposure to the municipal securities market involves certain risks. The municipal market is one in which dealer firms make markets in bonds on a principal basis using their proprietary capital, and at times these firms’ capital may be severely constrained. In such event, some firms may be unwilling to commit their capital to purchase and to serve as a dealer for municipal securities. Certain municipal securities may not be registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available about the municipal securities to which the Fund is economically exposed is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Advisor than would be a fund investing solely in stocks or taxable bonds. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly the below investment grade securities to which the Fund may be economically exposed, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell such securities at attractive prices or at prices approximating those at which the Fund currently values them.
In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors, including the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid, and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not, in all circumstances, be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Fund may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Fund’s operating expenses. Any income derived from the Fund’s ownership or operation of such assets may not be tax-exempt or may fail to generate qualifying income for purposes of the income tests applicable to RICs.
S-16
Taxable Municipal Securities Risk. Build America Bonds involve similar risks as municipal bonds, including credit and market risk. In particular, should a Build America Bond’s issuer fail to continue to meet the applicable requirements imposed on the bonds as provided by the ARRA, it is possible that such issuer may not receive federal cash subsidy payments, impairing the issuer’s ability to make scheduled interest payments. The Build America Bond program expired on December 31, 2010 and no further issuance is permitted unless Congress renews the program. As a result, the number of available Build America Bonds is limited, which may negatively affect the value of the Build America Bonds. In addition, there can be no assurance that Build America Bonds will be actively traded. It is difficult to predict the extent to which a market for such bonds will continue, meaning that Build America Bonds may experience greater illiquidity than other municipal obligations. The Build America Bonds outstanding as of December 31, 2010 will continue to be eligible for the federal interest rate subsidy, which continues for the life of the Build America Bonds; however, no bonds issued following expiration of the Build America Bond program will be eligible for the U.S. federal tax subsidy.
REITs and Real Estate Risk
To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including REITs, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry, generally. These include difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Fund invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. REITs are generally not taxed on income timely distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. Mortgage REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon. Investing in mortgage REITs involves certain risks related to investing in real property mortgages. In addition, mortgage REITs must satisfy highly technical and complex requirements in order to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to REITs under the Code. No assurances can be given that a mortgage REIT in which the Fund invests will be able to continue to qualify as a REIT or that complying with the REIT requirements under the Code will not adversely affect such REIT’s ability to execute its business plan.
Many REITs focus on particular types of properties or properties that are especially suited for certain uses, and those REITs are affected by the risks which impact the owners or users of their properties. For REITs that own healthcare facilities, for example, the physical characteristics of these properties and their operations are highly regulated, and those regulations often require capital expenditures or restrict the profits realizable from these properties. Some of these properties are also highly dependent upon Medicare and Medicaid payments, which are subject to changes in governmental budgets and policies. These properties may experience losses if their tenants receive lower Medicare or Medicaid rates.
Warrants Risk
If the price of the underlying stock does not rise above the exercise price before the warrant expires, the warrant generally expires without any value and the Fund loses any amount it paid for the warrant. Thus, investments in warrants may involve substantially more risk than investments in common stock. Warrants may trade in the same markets as their underlying stock; however, the price of the warrant does not necessarily move with the price of the underlying stock.
S-17
Rights Risk
The failure to exercise subscription rights to purchase common stock would result in the dilution of the Fund’s interest in the issuing company. The market for such rights is not well developed, and, accordingly, the Fund may not always realize full value on the sale of rights.
Default Risk
The value of the Fund’s investments in whole loans and other alternative lending-related securities, such as shares, certificates, notes or other securities representing an interest in and the right to receive principal and interest payments due on whole loans or fractions of whole loans, is entirely dependent on the borrowers’ continued and timely payments. The Fund receives payments on such investments only if the party servicing the loans receives the borrower’s payments on the corresponding or underlying loan and passes such payments through to the Fund. If a borrower fails to make interest payments or repay principal when due on a loan in which the Fund has investment exposure, or if the value of such a loan decreases, the value of the Fund’s investments will be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that payments due on underlying loans will be made.
If a borrower is unable or fails to make payments on a loan for any reason, the Fund may be greatly limited in its ability to recover any outstanding principal or interest due, as (among other reasons) the Fund may not have direct recourse against the borrower or may otherwise be limited in its ability to directly enforce its rights under the loan, whether through the borrower or the platform through which such loan was originated, the loan may be unsecured or under-collateralized and/or it may be impracticable to commence a legal proceeding against the defaulting borrower. If the Fund were unable to recover unpaid principal or interest due, this would cause the Fund’s NAV to decrease. The Fund generally will not be able to offset losses on defaulting loans by looking to collateral or obligations of guarantors, insurers or governmental authorities, as many of the loans to which the Fund has exposure are obligations not secured by collateral or (except for certain loans to businesses) backed by any guarantee.
Borrowings obtained through alternative lending platforms may not limit borrowers from incurring additional debt. If a borrower incurs additional debt obligations after obtaining a loan through an alternative lending platform, the borrower’s creditworthiness may diminish and any additional obligations could cause the borrower to experience financial distress, insolvency or bankruptcy, all of which would impair the borrower’s ability to repay the loan underlying the Fund’s investment. Furthermore, the ability of secured creditors to pursue remedies against the collateral of the borrower may impair the borrower’s ability to repay its unsecured loan or it may impair the platform’s or loan servicer’s ability to collect on the loan upon default. The loans in which the Fund invests generally do not include any cross-default provisions. Cross-default provisions render a default on one outstanding debt obligation an automatic default on another debt obligation of the borrower, which permits creditors to react more quickly to take steps to protect their interests. In contrast, the loans in which the Fund invests typically will be placed in default or referred to collection only if there are independent defaults on such loans, irrespective of whether the borrower has defaulted on a different debt obligation. Not only will the Fund not benefit from such protective provisions, the Fund also generally will not be made aware of any additional debt incurred by a borrower or whether such debt is secured or unsecured. Default rates on loans obtained through alternative lending platforms may be adversely affected by a number of factors outside the Fund’s control, such as economic downturns or general economic or political conditions, including prevailing interest rates, the rate of unemployment, the level of consumer confidence, residential real estate values, the value of the various currencies, energy prices, changes in consumer spending, the number of personal bankruptcies, insolvencies, disruptions in the credit markets, the borrower’s personal circumstances and other factors.
The default history for alternative lending borrowing arrangements is limited. Future defaults may be higher than historical defaults and the timing of defaults may vary significantly from historical observations. The credit profile and interest rates available to certain borrowers who seek credit through alternative lending platforms may result in a higher rate of default for alternative lending related securities as compared with the debt instruments associated with more traditional lending models, such as banks, although pursuant to the Fund’s
S-18
Fundamental Investment Restrictions, the Fund may not invest in loans that are of subprime quality at the time of investment. If the impact of defaults on loans to which the Fund has exposure exceeds the profits on non-defaulting loans, the Fund will be unable to achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investments in equity securities issued by the platforms themselves (or their affiliates) are also subject to the risk of loss. If a platform defaults on its outstanding obligations, the Fund’s equity interest in the platform may be diminished or extinguished and the Fund can expect to realize on any such investments only to the extent that the platform’s creditors are made whole and the platform still has residual profits that would benefit equity holders.
Platform Risk
The Fund receives payments on whole loans or securities representing the right to receive principal and interest payments due on loans only if the platform servicing the loans receives the borrower’s payments on such loans and passes such payments through to the Fund. If a borrower is unable or fails to make payments on a loan for any reason, the Fund may be greatly limited in its ability to recover any outstanding principal or interest due, as (among other reasons) the Fund may not have direct recourse against the borrower or may otherwise be limited in its ability to directly enforce its rights under the loan, whether through the borrower or the platform through which such loan was originated, the loan may be unsecured or under-collateralized and/or it may be impracticable to commence a legal proceeding against the defaulting borrower.
The Fund may have limited knowledge about the underlying loans and is dependent upon the platform for information regarding underlying loans. Although the Fund conducts diligence on the platforms, the Fund generally does not have the ability to independently verify the information provided by the platforms, other than payment information regarding loans and other alternative lending-related securities owned by the Fund, which the Fund observes directly as payments are received. Some investors, including the Fund, may not review the particular characteristics of the loans in which they invest at the time of investment, but rather negotiate in advance with platforms the general criteria of the investments, as described above. As a result, the Fund is dependent on the platforms’ ability to collect, verify and provide information to the Fund about each loan and borrower.
The Fund relies on the borrower’s credit information, which is provided by the platforms. However, such information may be out of date, incomplete or inaccurate and may, therefore, not accurately reflect the borrower’s actual creditworthiness. Platforms may not have an obligation to update borrower information, and, therefore, the Fund may not be aware of any impairment in a borrower’s creditworthiness subsequent to the making of a particular loan. Although the Fund conducts diligence on the credit scoring methodology used by platforms from which the Fund purchases alternative lending-related securities, the Fund typically does not have access to all of the data that platforms utilize to assign credit scores to particular loans purchased directly or indirectly by the Fund, and does not independently diligence or confirm the truthfulness of such information or otherwise evaluate the basis for the platform’s credit score of those loans. As a result, the Fund may make investments based on outdated, inaccurate or incomplete information. In addition, the platforms’ credit decisions and scoring models are based on algorithms that could potentially contain programming or other errors or prove to be ineffective or otherwise flawed. This could adversely affect loan pricing data and approval processes and could cause loans to be mispriced or misclassified, which could ultimately have a negative impact on the Fund’s performance.
In addition, the underlying loans, in some cases, may be affected by the success of the platforms through which they are facilitated. Therefore, disruptions in the businesses of such platforms may also negatively impact the value of the Fund’s investments. In addition, disruption in the business of a platform could limit or eliminate the ability of the Fund to invest in loans originated by that platform, and therefore the Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of its diligence effort with respect to that platform.
The Fund may also invest directly or indirectly in public or private equity securities of alternative lending platforms or enter into other financial transactions, including derivative transactions, to gain exposure to such
S-19
investments. The performance of equity instruments issued by a platform or derivatives thereon depends on the success of the platform’s business and operations. As described above, the Fund may also invest in shares, certificates, notes or other securities representing the right to receive principal and interest payments due on fractions of whole loans or pools of whole loans.
Platforms are for-profit businesses that, as a general matter, generate revenue by collecting fees on funded loans from borrowers and by assessing a loan servicing fee on investors, which may be a fixed annual amount or a percentage of the loan or amounts collected. This business could be disrupted in multiple ways; for example, a platform could file for bankruptcy or a platform might suffer reputational harm from negative publicity about the platform or alternative lending more generally and the loss of investor confidence in the event that a loan facilitated through the platform is not repaid and the investor loses money on its investment. Many platforms and/or their affiliates have incurred operating losses since their inception and may continue to incur net losses in the future, particularly as their businesses grow and they incur additional operating expenses.
The Fund’s investments could be adversely impacted if a platform that services the Fund’s investments becomes unable or unwilling to fulfill its obligations to do so. In order to mitigate this risk, the Fund would seek to rely on a backup servicer provided through the platform or through an unaffiliated backup servicer. To the extent that it is not possible to collect on defaulted loans or to the extent borrowers prepay loans, a platform that services loans may no longer be able to collect a servicing fee, which would negatively impact its business operations. These or other similar negative events could adversely affect the platforms’ businesses and/or investor participation in a platform’s marketplace and, in turn, the business of the platforms, which creates a risk of loss for the Fund’s investments in securities issued by a platform or derivatives thereon.
Platforms may have a higher risk profile than companies engaged in lines of business with a longer, more established operating history and such investments should be viewed as longer-term investments. They have met with and will continue to meet with challenges, including navigating evolving regulatory and competitive environments; increasing the number of borrowers and investors utilizing their marketplace; increasing the volume of loans facilitated through their marketplace and transaction fees received for matching borrowers and investors through their marketplace; entering into new markets and introducing new loan products; continuing to revise the marketplace’s proprietary credit decisions and scoring models; continuing to develop, maintain and scale their platforms; effectively maintaining and scaling financial and risk management controls and procedures; maintaining the security of the platform and the confidentiality of the information provided and utilized across the platform; and attracting, integrating and retaining an appropriate number of qualified employees. If platforms are not successful in addressing these issues, the platforms’ businesses and their results of operations may be harmed, which may reduce the possible available investments for the Fund or negatively impact the value of the Fund’s investments in platforms or in alternative lending-related securities more generally.
Platforms may rely on debt facilities and other forms of borrowing in order to finance many of the borrower loans they facilitate. However, these financing sources may become unavailable after their current maturity dates or the terms may become less favorable to the borrowing platforms. As the volume of loans that a platform facilitates increases, the platform may need to expand its borrowing capacity on its existing debt arrangements or may need to seek new sources of capital. Platforms may also default on or breach their existing debt agreements, which could diminish or eliminate their access to funding at all or on terms acceptable to the platforms. Such events could cause the Fund to incur losses on its investments that are dependent upon the performance of the platforms.
The Fund’s investments in the equity securities of platforms, including common stock, preferred stock, warrants or convertible stock, are subject to equity securities risk. Equity securities risk is the risk that the value of equity securities to which the Fund is exposed will fall due to general market or economic conditions; overall market changes; local, regional or global political, social or economic instability; currency, interest rate and commodity price fluctuations; perceptions regarding the industries in which the issuers participate and the particular circumstances and performance of the issuers. The prices of equities are also sensitive to rising interest
S-20
rates, as the costs of capital rise and borrowing costs increase. The equity securities of smaller, less seasoned companies, such as platforms or their affiliates, are generally subject to greater price fluctuations, limited liquidity, higher transaction costs and higher investment risk. The Fund invests in unlisted equity securities, which generally involve a higher degree of valuation and performance uncertainty and greater liquidity risk than investments in listed securities. Preferred securities are subject to issuer-specific and market risks applicable generally to equity securities. In addition, preferred securities generally pay a dividend and rank ahead of common stocks and behind debt securities in claims for dividends and for assets of the issuer in a liquidation or bankruptcy. For this reason, the value of preferred securities will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred securities may also be sensitive to changes in interest rates. When interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred securities may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Convertible securities are subject to the risks applicable generally to debt securities, including credit risk. Convertible securities also react to changes in the value of the common stock into which they convert, and are thus subject to market risk. In the event of a liquidation of the issuing company, holders of convertible securities typically would be paid before the company’s common stockholders but after holders of any senior debt obligations of the company.
The Fund’s investments in shares, certificates, notes or other securities issued by a platform, its affiliates or a special purpose entity sponsored by a platform or its affiliates that represent the right to receive principal and interest payments due on fractions of whole loans or pools of whole loans may expose the Fund to the credit risk of the issuer. Generally, such securities are unsecured obligations of the issuer; an issuer that becomes subject to bankruptcy proceedings may be unable to make full and timely payments on its obligations to the Fund, even if the payments on the underlying loan or loans continue to be made timely and in full. In addition, when the Fund owns such fractional loans or other securities, the Fund and its custodian generally does not have a contractual relationship with, or personally identifiable information regarding, individual borrowers, so the Fund will not be able to enforce underlying loans directly against borrowers and may not be able to appoint an alternative servicing agent in the event that a platform or third-party servicer, as applicable, ceases to service the underlying loans. Therefore, the Fund is more dependent on the platform for servicing than in the case in which the Fund owns whole loans. Where such interests are secured, the Fund relies on the platform to perfect the Fund’s security interest. In addition, there may be a delay between the time the Fund commits to purchase a security issued by a platform, its affiliate or a special purpose entity sponsored by the platform or its affiliate and the issuance of such security and, during such delay, the funds committed to such an investment will not earn interest on the investment nor will they be available for investment in other alternative lending-related securities, which will reduce the effective rate of return on the investment. The Fund invests primarily in whole loans, and does not expect to invest a material portion of its portfolio in such fractional loans or other securities.
Servicer Risk
The Fund’s direct and indirect investments in loans originated by alternative lending platforms are typically serviced by that platform or a third-party servicer. In the event that the servicer is unable to service the loan, there can be no guarantee that a backup servicer will be able to assume responsibility for servicing the loans in a timely or cost-effective manner; any resulting disruption or delay could jeopardize payments due to the Fund in respect of its investments or increase the costs associated with the Fund’s investments. If the servicer becomes subject to a bankruptcy or similar proceeding, there is some risk that the Fund’s investments could be recharacterized as a secured loan from the Fund to the platform, which could result in uncertainty, costs and delays from having the Fund’s investment deemed part of the bankruptcy estate of the platform, rather than an asset owned outright by the Fund.
Lender Liability
A number of judicial decisions have upheld judgments of borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial
S-21
reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. If a loan held directly or indirectly by the Fund were found to have been made or serviced under circumstances that give rise to lender liability, the borrower’s obligation to repay that loan could be reduced or eliminated or the Fund’s recovery on that loan could be otherwise impaired, which would adversely impact the value of that loan.
In limited cases, courts have subordinated the loans of a senior lender to a borrower to claims of other creditors of the borrower when the senior lender or its agents, such as a loan servicer, is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable or fraudulent conduct with respect to the other creditors. If a loan held directly or indirectly by the Fund were subject to such subordination, it would be junior in right of payment to other indebtedness of the borrower, which could adversely impact the value of that loan.
MLPs Risk
Investments in publicly traded MLPs, which are limited partnerships or limited liability companies taxable as partnerships, involve some risks that differ from an investment in the common stock of a corporation. MLPs may derive income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil, or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. When investing in an MLP, the Fund generally purchases publicly traded common units issued to limited partners of the MLP. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role in the partnership’s operations and management. As compared to common stockholders of a corporation, holders of MLP common units have more limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership.
MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“minimum quarterly distributions” or “MQD”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the MQD is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the MQD; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the MQD paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results benefit all security holders of the MLP.
MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. The Fund will generally purchase common units in market transactions. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to elect directors. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not over debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.
S-22
Mid- and Small-Capitalization Company Risk
The Fund may invest in companies with middle and small capitalizations. Middle and small capitalization companies may be less financially secure than larger, more established companies and depend on a small number of key personnel.
In addition, it is more difficult to get information on middle and small capitalization companies, which tend to be less well known, have shorter operating histories, do not have significant ownership by large investors and are followed by relatively few securities analysts. As a result, the securities of middle and small capitalization companies generally trade in lower volumes and are subject to greater and more unpredictable price changes than larger capitalization securities or the market as a whole. The purchase or sale of more than a limited number of shares of a middle and small company may affect its market price. The Fund may need a considerable amount of time to purchase or sell its positions in these securities. In addition, middle or small company stocks may not be well known to the investing public. Investing in middle and small capitalization securities requires a longer term view.
Middle and small capitalization stocks can be more volatile than, and perform differently from, larger capitalization stocks. Middle and small company stocks may be particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates, borrowing costs and earnings. Middle and small companies may have fewer business lines; changes in any one line of business, therefore, may have a greater impact on a middle and small company’s stock price than is the case for a larger company. If a product fails or there are other adverse developments, or if management changes, the Fund’s investment in a middle or small capitalization company may lose substantial value.
Investments in Unseasoned Companies Risk. The Fund may invest in the securities of smaller, less seasoned companies. These investments may present greater opportunities for growth but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with investments in securities of more established companies. Some of the companies in which the Fund may invest will be start-up companies which may have insubstantial operational or earnings history or may have limited products, markets, financial resources or management depth.
Some may also be emerging companies at the research and development stage with no products or technologies to market or approved for marketing. In addition, it is more difficult to get information on smaller companies, which tend to be less well known, have shorter operating histories, do not have significant ownership by large investors and are followed by relatively few securities analysts. Securities of emerging companies may lack an active secondary market and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger, more established companies or stock market averages in general. Competitors of certain companies, which may or may not be in the same industry, may have substantially greater financial resources than many of the companies in which the Fund may invest.
Securities of Smaller and Emerging Growth Companies. Investment in smaller or emerging growth companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with investments in more established companies. The securities of smaller or emerging growth companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies or the market average in general. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group.
While smaller or emerging growth company issuers may offer greater opportunities for capital appreciation than large cap issuers, investments in smaller or emerging growth companies may involve greater risks and thus may be considered speculative. The Advisor believes that properly selected companies of this type have the potential to increase their earnings or market valuation at a rate substantially in excess of the general growth of the economy. Full development of these companies and trends frequently takes time.
Small cap and emerging growth securities will often be traded only in the OTC market or on a regional securities exchange and may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of trading on a national securities
S-23
exchange. As a result, the disposition by the Fund of portfolio securities may require the Fund to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time, or to sell these securities at a discount from market prices or during periods when, in the Advisor’s judgment, such disposition is not desirable.
The process of selection and continuous supervision by the Advisor does not, of course, guarantee successful investment results; however, it does provide access to an asset class not available to the average individual due to the time and cost involved. Careful initial selection is particularly important in this area as many new enterprises have promise but lack certain of the fundamental factors necessary to prosper. Investing in small cap and emerging growth companies requires specialized research and analysis.
Small companies are generally little known to most individual investors although some may be dominant in their respective industries. The Advisor believes that relatively small companies will continue to have the opportunity to develop into significant business enterprises. The Fund may invest in securities of small issuers in the relatively early stages of business development that have a new technology, a unique or proprietary product or service, or a favorable market position. Such companies may not be counted upon to develop into major industrial companies, but the Advisor believes that eventual recognition of their special value characteristics by the investment community can provide above-average long-term growth to the portfolio.
Equity securities of specific small cap issuers may present different opportunities for long-term capital appreciation during varying portions of economic or securities market cycles, as well as during varying stages of their business development. The market valuation of small cap issuers tends to fluctuate during economic or market cycles, presenting attractive investment opportunities at various points during these cycles.
Inflation-Indexed Bonds
The Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds, which are fixed income securities or other instruments whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon.
Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if the Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).
If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and, consequently, the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. The Fund may also invest in other inflation related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. In addition, if the Fund purchases inflation-indexed bonds offered by foreign issuers, the rate of inflation measured by the foreign inflation index may not be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.
The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates, in turn, are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation.
S-24
Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. There can be no assurances, however, that the value of inflation-indexed bonds will be directly correlated to changes in interest rates.
While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure. In general, the measure used to determine the periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (the “CPI-U”), which is not seasonally adjusted and which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign (non-U.S.) government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can be no assurances that the CPI-U or any foreign (non-U.S.) inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurances that the rate of inflation in a foreign (non-U.S.) country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.
Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.
Litigation Finance Risk
The Fund may enter into arrangement with a plaintiff or law firm in order to provide capital to fund litigation in exchange for a portion of the award or settlement. Generally, the recipient of such financing is not obligated to make any payment unless and until litigation proceeds are actually received by the litigant or their counsel. If the matter fails to be resolved, or is resolved adversely to the plaintiff, there is generally no obligation to pay anything and the Fund would suffer a complete loss of the capital invested. Even if the matter is successful, there is no guarantee that the persons against whom the claim was asserted will be able or willing to satisfy any judgment. Further, the Fund would be subject to risks associated with the origination and servicing of any litigation financing.
Commodity Pricing Risk
The Fund’s investment in commodities may subject the Fund to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities, such as stocks and bonds. The commodities markets have experienced periods of extreme volatility. General market uncertainty and consequent repricing risk have led to market imbalances of sellers and buyers, which in turn have resulted in significant reductions in values of a variety of commodities and natural resources. Similar future market conditions may result in rapid and substantial valuation increases or decreases in the Fund’s holdings.
The commodities markets may fluctuate widely based on a variety of factors. Movements in commodity and natural resources investment prices are outside of the Fund’s control and may not be anticipated by the Advisor.
Price movements may be influenced by, among other things: governmental, agricultural, trade, fiscal, monetary and exchange control programs and policies; changing market and economic conditions; market liquidity; weather and climate conditions; changing supply and demand relationships and levels of domestic production and imported commodities; the availability of local, intrastate and interstate transportation systems; energy conservation; changes in international balances of payments and trade; domestic and foreign rates of inflation; currency devaluations and revaluations; domestic and foreign political and economic events; domestic and foreign interest rates and/or investor expectations concerning interest rates; foreign currency/exchange rates;
S-25
domestic and foreign governmental regulation and taxation; war, acts of terrorism and other political upheaval and conflicts; governmental expropriation; investment and trading activities of mutual funds, hedge funds and commodities funds; changes in philosophies and emotions of market participants. The frequency and magnitude of such changes cannot be predicted.
Prices of various commodities and natural resources may also be affected by factors such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, changes in storage costs, embargoes, tariffs and other regulatory developments. Many of these factors are very unpredictable. The prices of commodities and natural resources can also fluctuate widely due to supply and demand disruptions in major producing or consuming regions. Certain commodities or natural resources may be produced in a limited number of countries and may be controlled by a small number of producers or groups of producers. As a result, political, economic and supply related events in such countries could have a disproportionate impact on the prices of such commodities and natural resources.
The commodity markets are subject to temporary distortions and other disruptions due to, among other factors, lack of liquidity, the participation of speculators, and government regulation and other actions. U.S. futures exchanges and some foreign exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation in futures contract prices which may occur in a single business day (generally referred to as “daily price fluctuation limits”). The maximum or minimum price of a contract as a result of these limits is referred to as a “limit price.” If the limit price has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made beyond the limit price. Limit prices have the effect of precluding trading in a particular contract or forcing the liquidation of contracts at disadvantageous times or prices.
Risk Factors in Strategic Transactions and Derivatives
The Fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. There are significant risks that apply generally to derivatives transactions, including:
• | Correlation Risk—the risk that changes in the value of a derivative will not match the changes in the value of the portfolio holdings that are being hedged or of the particular market or security to which the Fund seeks exposure. There are a number of factors which may prevent a derivative instrument from achieving the desired correlation (or inverse correlation) with an underlying asset, rate or index, such as the impact of fees, expenses and transaction costs, the timing of pricing, and disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for such derivative instrument. |
• | Counterparty Risk—the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to the Fund. In particular, derivatives traded in OTC markets often are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and often do not require payment of margin, and to the extent that the Fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties the Fund is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor their obligations. The Fund will typically attempt to minimize counterparty risk by engaging in OTC derivatives transactions only with creditworthy entities that have substantial capital or that have provided the Fund with a third-party guaranty or other credit support. |
• | Credit Risk—the risk that the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations. |
• | Currency Risk—the risk that changes in the exchange rate between two currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of an investment. |
• | Illiquidity Risk—the risk that certain securities or instruments may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time or at the price desired by the counterparty in connection with payments of margin, collateral, or settlement payments. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to unwind or offset a derivative at its desired price, in a secondary market or otherwise. It may, therefore, not be possible for |
S-26
the Fund to unwind its position in a derivative without incurring substantial losses (if at all). The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for the Fund to ascertain a market value for such instruments. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, certain derivatives traded in OTC markets, including swaps and OTC options, involve substantial illiquidity risk. The Fund will, therefore, acquire illiquid OTC derivatives (i) if the agreement pursuant to which the instrument is purchased contains a formula price at which the instrument may be terminated or sold, or (ii) for which the Advisor anticipates the Fund can receive on each business day at least two independent bids or offers, unless a quotation from only one dealer is available, in which case that dealer’s quotation may be used. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, the liquidity of a secondary market in an exchange-traded derivative contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by the exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in an exchange-traded contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days. If it is not possible to close an open derivative position entered into by the Fund, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. |
• | Index Risk—if the derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, the Fund could receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below the price that the Fund paid for such derivative. |
• | Legal Risk—the risk of insufficient documentation, insufficient capacity or authority of counterparty, or legality or enforceability of a contract. |
• | Leverage Risk—the risk that the Fund’s derivatives transactions can magnify the Fund’s gains and losses. Relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of a derivatives position and can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested. |
• | Market Risk—the risk that changes in the value of one or more markets or changes with respect to the value of the underlying asset will adversely affect the value of a derivative. In the event of an adverse movement, the Fund may be required to pay substantial additional margin to maintain its position or the Fund’s returns may be adversely affected. |
• | Operational Risk—the risk related to potential operational issues, including documentation issues, settlement issues, systems failures, inadequate controls and human error. |
• | Valuation Risk—the risk that valuation sources for a derivative will not be readily available in the market. This is possible especially in times of market distress, since many market participants may be reluctant to purchase complex instruments or quote prices for them. |
• | Volatility Risk—the risk that the value of derivatives will fluctuate significantly within a short time period. |
When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Fund holds, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Fund’s hedging transactions will be effective. The Fund could also suffer losses related to its derivative positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited. The Advisor may not be
S-27
able to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates and other economic factors, which could cause the Fund’s derivatives positions to lose value. In addition, some derivatives are more sensitive to interest rate changes and market price fluctuations than other securities. The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for derivatives and the resulting inability of the Fund to sell or otherwise close a derivatives position could expose the Fund to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for the Fund to value accurately.
When engaging in a hedging transaction, the Fund may determine not to seek to establish a perfect correlation between the hedging instruments utilized and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Such an imperfect correlation may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to a risk of loss. The Fund may also determine not to hedge against a particular risk because it does not regard the probability of the risk occurring to be sufficiently high as to justify the cost of the hedge or because it does not foresee the occurrence of the risk. It may not be possible for the Fund to hedge against a change or event at attractive prices or at a price sufficient to protect the assets of the Fund from the decline in value of the portfolio positions anticipated as a result of such change. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge at all against certain risks.
If the Fund invests in a derivative instrument it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Moreover, derivatives raise certain tax, legal, regulatory and accounting issues that may not be presented by investments in securities, and there is some risk that certain issues could be resolved in a manner that could adversely impact the performance of the Fund.
The Fund is not required to use derivatives or other portfolio strategies to seek to increase return or to seek to hedge its portfolio and may choose not to do so. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. Although the Advisor seeks to use derivatives to further the Fund’s investment objective, there is no assurance that the use of derivatives will achieve this result.
Options Risk. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded OTC or on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (an “Exchange”) may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an Exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an Exchange; the facilities of an Exchange or the OCC may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more Exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that Exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that Exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
Futures Transactions and Options Risk. The primary risks associated with the use of futures contracts and options are (a) the imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the instruments held by the Fund and the price of the futures contract or option; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for a futures contract and the resulting inability to close a futures contract when desired; (c) losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited; (d) the Advisor’s inability to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors; and (e) the possibility that the counterparty will default in the performance of its obligations.
Investment in futures contracts involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price of the security being hedged. The hedge will not be fully effective when there is imperfect correlation between the movements in the prices of two financial instruments. For example, if the price
S-28
of the futures contract moves more or less than the price of the hedged security, the Fund will experience either a loss or gain on the futures contract which is not completely offset by movements in the price of the hedged securities. To compensate for imperfect correlations, the Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts in a greater dollar amount than the hedged securities if the volatility of the hedged securities is historically greater than the volatility of the futures contracts. Conversely, the Fund may purchase or sell fewer futures contracts if the volatility of the price of the hedged securities is historically lower than that of the futures contracts.
The particular securities comprising the index underlying a securities index financial futures contract may vary from the securities held by the Fund. As a result, the Fund’s ability to hedge effectively all or a portion of the value of its securities through the use of such financial futures contracts will depend in part on the degree to which price movements in the index underlying the financial futures contract correlate with the price movements of the securities held by the Fund. The correlation may be affected by disparities in the average maturity, ratings, geographical mix or structure of the Fund’s investments as compared to those comprising the securities index and general economic or political factors. In addition, the correlation between movements in the value of the securities index may be subject to change over time as additions to and deletions from the securities index alter its structure. The correlation between futures contracts on U.S. Government securities and the securities held by the Fund may be adversely affected by similar factors and the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of such futures contracts and the prices of securities held by the Fund may be greater. The trading of futures contracts also is subject to certain market risks, such as inadequate trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate existing positions.
The Fund may liquidate futures contracts it enters into through offsetting transactions on the applicable contract market. There can be no assurance, however, that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close out a futures position. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. In such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may be required to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to hedge effectively its investments in securities. The liquidity of a secondary market in a futures contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by commodity exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in a futures contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open futures positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days.
The successful use of transactions in futures and related options also depends on the ability of the Advisor to forecast correctly the direction and extent of interest rate movements within a given time frame. To the extent interest rates remain stable during the period in which a futures contract or option is held by the Fund or such rates move in a direction opposite to that anticipated, the Fund may realize a loss on the Strategic Transaction which is not fully or partially offset by an increase in the value of portfolio securities. As a result, the Fund’s total return for such period may be less than if it had not engaged in the Strategic Transaction.
Because of low initial margin deposits made upon the opening of a futures position, futures transactions involve substantial leverage. As a result, relatively small movements in the price of the futures contracts can result in substantial unrealized gains or losses. There is also the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with which the Fund has an open position in a financial futures contract. Because the Fund will engage in the purchase and sale of futures contracts for hedging purposes or to seek to enhance the Fund’s return, any losses incurred in connection therewith may, if the strategy is successful, be offset in whole or in part by increases in the value of securities held by the Fund or decreases in the price of securities the Fund intends to acquire.
The amount of risk the Fund assumes when it purchases an option on a futures contract is the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. In addition to the correlation risks discussed above, the purchase of
S-29
an option on a futures contract also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased.
General Risk Factors in Hedging Foreign Currency. Hedging transactions involving Currency Instruments involve substantial risks, including correlation risk. While the Fund’s use of Currency Instruments to effect hedging strategies is intended to reduce the volatility of the NAV of the Fund’s Shares, the NAV of the Fund’s Shares will fluctuate. Moreover, although Currency Instruments may be used with the intention of hedging against adverse currency movements, transactions in Currency Instruments involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted and that the Fund’s hedging strategies will be ineffective. To the extent that the Fund hedges against anticipated currency movements that do not occur, the Fund may realize losses and decrease its total return as the result of its hedging transactions. Furthermore, the Fund will only engage in hedging activities from time to time and may not be engaging in hedging activities when movements in currency exchange rates occur.
It may not be possible for the Fund to hedge against currency exchange rate movements, even if correctly anticipated, in the event that (i) the currency exchange rate movement is so generally anticipated that the Fund is not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an effective price, or (ii) the currency exchange rate movement relates to a market with respect to which Currency Instruments are not available and it is not possible to engage in effective foreign currency hedging. The cost to the Fund of engaging in foreign currency transactions varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Since transactions in foreign currency exchange usually are conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
Foreign Currency Forwards Risk. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of Non-U.S. Securities (as defined in the prospectus) but rather allow the Fund to establish a fixed rate of exchange for a future point in time. This strategy can have the effect of reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain.
In connection with its trading in forward foreign currency contracts, the Fund will contract with a foreign or domestic bank, or foreign or domestic securities dealer, to make or take future delivery of a specified amount of a particular currency. There are no limitations on daily price moves in such forward contracts, and banks and dealers are not required to continue to make markets in such contracts. There have been periods during which certain banks or dealers have refused to quote prices for such forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which the bank or dealer is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell. Governmental imposition of credit controls might limit any such forward contract trading. With respect to its trading of forward contracts, if any, the Fund will be subject to the risk of bank or dealer failure and the inability of, or refusal by, a bank or dealer to perform with respect to such contracts. Any such default would deprive the Fund of any profit potential or force the Fund to cover its commitments for resale, if any, at the then market price and could result in a loss to the Fund.
The Fund may also engage in proxy hedging transactions to reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of portfolio securities. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the Fund is exposed is difficult to hedge or to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency whose changes in value are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the Fund’s securities are, or are expected to be, denominated, and to buy U.S. dollars. Proxy hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. In addition, there is the risk that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in proxy hedging. The Fund may also cross-hedge currencies by entering into forward contracts to sell one or more currencies that are expected to decline in value relative to other currencies to which the Fund has or in which the Fund expects to have portfolio exposure. For example, the Fund may hold both Canadian
S-30
government bonds and Japanese government bonds, and the Advisor may believe that Canadian dollars will deteriorate against Japanese yen. The Fund would sell Canadian dollars to reduce its exposure to that currency and buy Japanese yen. This strategy would be a hedge against a decline in the value of Canadian dollars, although it would expose the Fund to declines in the value of the Japanese yen relative to the U.S. dollar.
Some of the forward non-U.S. currency contracts entered into by the Fund may be classified as non-deliverable forwards (“NDFs”). NDFs are cash-settled, short-term forward contracts that may be thinly traded or are denominated in non-convertible foreign currency, where the profit or loss at the time at the settlement date is calculated by taking the difference between the agreed upon exchange rate and the spot rate at the time of settlement, for an agreed upon notional amount of funds. All NDFs have a fixing date and a settlement date. The fixing date is the date at which the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate and the agreed upon exchange rate is calculated. The settlement date is the date by which the payment of the difference is due to the party receiving payment. NDFs are commonly quoted for time periods of one month up to two years, and are normally quoted and settled in U.S. dollars. They are often used to gain exposure to and/or hedge exposure to foreign currencies that are not internationally traded.
Currency Futures Risk. The Fund may also seek to hedge against the decline in the value of a currency or to enhance returns through use of currency futures or options thereon. Currency futures are similar to forward foreign exchange transactions except that futures are standardized, exchange-traded contracts while forward foreign exchange transactions are traded in the OTC market. Currency futures involve substantial currency risk, and also involve leverage risk.
Currency Options Risk. The Fund may also seek to hedge against the decline in the value of a currency or to enhance returns through the use of currency options. Currency options are similar to options on securities. For example, in consideration for an option premium the writer of a currency option is obligated to sell (in the case of a call option) or purchase (in the case of a put option) a specified amount of a specified currency on or before the expiration date for a specified amount of another currency. The Fund may engage in transactions in options on currencies either on exchanges or OTC markets. Currency options involve substantial currency risk, and may also involve credit, leverage or liquidity risk.
Currency Swaps Risk. The Fund may enter into currency swaps, which are transactions in which one currency is simultaneously bought for a second currency on a spot basis and sold for the second currency on a forward basis. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the rights of the Fund and another party to make or receive payments in specified currencies. Currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Because currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.
Over-the-Counter Trading Risk. The derivative instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Fund may include instruments not traded on an Exchange. The risk of nonperformance by the counterparty to an instrument may be greater than, and the ease with which the Fund can dispose of or enter into closing transactions with respect to an instrument may be less than, the risk associated with an exchange traded instrument. In addition, significant disparities may exist between “bid” and “asked” prices for derivative instruments that are not traded on an Exchange. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for the Fund to sell such instruments promptly at an acceptable price. Derivative instruments not traded on exchanges also are not subject to the same type of government regulation as exchange traded instruments, and many of the protections afforded to participants in a regulated environment may not be available in connection with the transactions. Because derivatives traded in OTC markets generally are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation, to the extent that the Fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties, the Fund is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations. Any such failure to honor its obligations may cause significant losses to the Fund.
S-31
Rule 18f-4 Under the Investment Company Act. Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to enter into Derivatives Transactions (as defined below) and certain other transactions notwithstanding the restrictions on the issuance of “senior securities” under Section 18 of the Investment Company Act. Section 18 of the Investment Company Act, among other things, prohibits closed-end funds, including the Fund, from issuing or selling any “senior security” representing indebtedness (unless the fund maintains 300% “asset coverage”) or any senior security representing stock (unless the fund maintains 200% “asset coverage”).
Under Rule 18f-4, “Derivatives Transactions” include the following: (1) any swap, security-based swap (including a contract for differences), futures contract, forward contract, option (excluding purchased options), any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument, under which the Fund is or may be required to make any payment or delivery of cash or other assets during the life of the instrument or at maturity or early termination, whether as margin or settlement payment or otherwise; (2) any short sale borrowing; (3) reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions (e.g., recourse and non-recourse tender option bonds, and borrowed bonds), if the Fund elects to treat these transactions as Derivatives Transactions under Rule 18f-4; and (4) when-issued or forward-settling securities (e.g., firm and standby commitments, including to-be-announced (“TBA”) commitments, and dollar rolls) and non-standard settlement cycle securities, unless such transactions meet the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision (as defined in the prospectus under “The Fund’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments”).
Unless the Fund is relying on the Limited Derivatives User Exception (as defined below), the Fund must comply with Rule 18f-4 with respect to its Derivatives Transactions. Rule 18f-4, among other things, requires the Fund to adopt and implement a comprehensive written derivatives risk management program (“DRMP”) and comply with a relative or absolute limit on fund leverage risk calculated based on value-at-risk (“VaR”). The DRMP is administered by a “derivatives risk manager,” who is appointed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”), including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) (the “Independent Trustees”), and periodically reviews the DRMP and reports to the Board.
Rule 18f-4 provides an exception from the DRMP, VaR limit and certain other requirements if the Fund’s “derivatives exposure” is limited to 10% of its net assets (as calculated in accordance with Rule 18f-4) and the Fund adopts and implements written policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage its derivatives risks (the “Limited Derivatives User Exception”).
Merger or Other Event Driven Arbitrage Strategies
The Fund may invest in companies involved in (or which are the target of) acquisition attempts or takeover or tender offers or mergers or companies involved in work-outs, liquidations, demergers, spin-offs, reorganizations, bankruptcies, share buy-backs and other capital market transactions or “special situations.” The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for a successful investment in companies experiencing significant business and financial distress is unusually high. There is no assurance that the Advisor will correctly evaluate the nature and magnitude of the various factors that could, for example, affect the prospects for a successful reorganization or similar action. There exists the risk that the transaction in which such business enterprise is involved either will be unsuccessful, take considerable time or will result in a distribution of cash or a new security the value of which will be less than the purchase price of the security or other financial instrument in respect of which such distribution is received. Acquisitions sometimes fail because the U.S. government, European Union or some other governmental entity does not approve of aspects of a transaction due to anti-trust concerns, tax reasons, subsequent disagreements between the acquirer and target as to management transition or corporate governance matters or changing market conditions. Similarly, if an anticipated transaction does not in fact occur, or takes more time than anticipated, the Fund may be required to sell its investment at a loss. As there may be uncertainty concerning the outcome of transactions involving financially troubled companies in which the Fund may invest, there is potential risk of loss by the Fund of its entire investment in such companies. In some circumstances, investments may be relatively illiquid making it difficult to acquire or
S-32
dispose of them at the prices quoted on the various exchanges. Accordingly, the Fund’s ability to respond to market movements may be impaired and consequently the Fund may experience adverse price movements upon liquidation of its investments. Settlement of transactions may be subject to delay and administrative uncertainties. An investment in securities of a company involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings ordinarily remains unpaid unless and until such company successfully reorganizes and/or emerges from bankruptcy, and the Fund may suffer a significant or total loss on any such investment during the relevant proceedings.
Investing in securities of companies in a special situation or otherwise in distress requires active monitoring of such companies and may, at times, require active participation by the Fund (including by way of board membership or corporate governance oversight) in the management or in the bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings of such companies. Such involvement may restrict the Fund’s ability to trade in the securities of such companies. It may also prevent the Fund from focusing on matters relating to other existing investments or potential future investments of the Fund. In addition, as a result of its activities, the Fund may incur additional legal or other expenses, including, but not limited to, costs associated with conducting proxy contests, public filings, litigation expenses and indemnification payments to the investment manager or persons serving at the investment manager’s request on the boards of directors of companies in which the Fund has an interest. It should also be noted that any such board representatives have a fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of all shareholders, and not simply the Fund, and thus may be obligated at times to act in a manner that is adverse to the Fund’s interests. The occurrence of any of the above events may have a material adverse effect on the performance of the Fund.
Mortgage Servicing Rights Risk
MSR Investment Strategy; Dependence on the Mortgage Market. The Fund may make investments related to MSRs, although there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to locate, consummate and exit such investments. To the extent the Fund makes investments related to MSRs, the Fund’s performance may be closely tied to economic and market conditions affecting mortgages and entities operating, directly or indirectly, in, or otherwise related to, the mortgage market, including sensitivity to regulatory changes, supply and demand in the mortgage market and sensitivity to overall market forecasts and swings.
Risk of Defaults and Delinquencies in the Mortgage Market. The mortgage market in the United States has experienced and may continue to experience a variety of difficulties and challenging economic conditions. Deterioration of the U.S. mortgage market and declines in real estate prices could result in increased delinquencies or defaults on the mortgage loans underlying MSRs held by the Fund or require the Fund to make advances in respect of such delinquencies or defaults that may not be recovered. An increase in defaults and delinquencies or unrecovered advances could reduce MSR cash flows, which would have a material adverse effect on the value of the Fund’s investments.
Competitive MSR Market; No Servicing Platform. In acquiring MSRs, the Fund may compete with independent mortgage loan servicers, private equity firms, hedge funds and other large financial services companies. These competitors may be significantly larger, have access to greater capital and other resources and may have other advantages over the Fund. Some competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could lead them to offer higher prices than the Fund for the assets. In addition, pooling and servicing agreements may require approval or consent of third parties to transfer MSRs to purchasers. Other potential MSR purchasers may be more attractive to sellers if the sellers believe that they can obtain any necessary third party approvals and consents to transfer their MSRs more easily. Even if other potential purchasers are not viewed by sellers as being more attractive, sellers may request a higher purchase price from the Fund if it is not able to obtain necessary approvals and consents prior to the completion of the sale of MSRs. As a result, the ability of the Fund to acquire MSRs may be adversely affected, or the availability of MSRs or the types of MSRs that the Fund seeks to acquire may be limited. Moreover, the Fund does not intend to build a mortgage servicing platform. As a result, the Fund may not be an attractive buyer for those sellers of MSRs that prefer to sell MSRs and their mortgage servicing platform together in a transaction.
S-33
Accurate Evaluation of MSRs Affected by Assumptions. In evaluating MSRs as potential investments, a number of assumptions may be made, including regarding rates of prepayment and repayment of the underlying mortgage loans, projected rates of delinquencies and defaults, future interest rates and cash flows. Another assumption that may be made in considering the value of an MSR is the expected prepayment speed (i.e., how quickly borrowers pay down the unpaid principal balance of their loans or how quickly loans are otherwise brought current, modified, liquidated or charged off). The use of different estimates or assumptions could produce materially different values for Fund assets, and there may be material uncertainty about the fair value of such assets. If any assumptions regarding the MSRs are inaccurate or the basis for such assumptions change, the prices the Fund pays to acquire MSRs may prove to be too high, resulting in lower than expected profitability or in losses.
Dependency on Servicers. The Fund will not have and in the future does not expect to have the employees, servicing platforms or technical resources necessary to service the underlying loans. Success of the Fund’s investments could depend on the operations of mortgage servicers. A default by a servicer relating to its obligations under any pooling and servicing agreement or the failure of any servicer to perform its obligations related to any of the Fund’s MSRs could result in a servicer termination event or event of default, which may adversely affect any associated MSRs. Such events of default may include, without limitation, the failure to comply with applicable laws and regulation, failure to perform loss mitigation obligations, a downgrade in servicer rating, failure to perform adequately in external audits, failure in operational systems or infrastructure and regulatory scrutiny regarding the foreclosure processes that may lengthen foreclosure timelines.
In addition, servicers may be terminated in the absence of default or failure to perform. For example, servicers of obligations relating to mortgages originated by Federal Housing Finance Agency enterprises (such as Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae) generally may be replaced for any reason or for no reason. In addition, servicers of obligations relating to mortgages originated by private enterprises may also be terminated for various other reasons, including by a trustee of a trust established in connection with the relevant MSR.
In addition, the Fund’s rights may be affected by the bankruptcy of a servicer, which could have adverse consequences to the Fund, including, without limitation, challenges to the validity and/or priority of the Fund’s ownership in the related MSR, payments by the servicer to the Fund being voided by a court, recharacterization of the sale of the related MSR as a pledge of assets in a bankruptcy proceeding or the rejection of the agreement of purchase and sale of the related MSR.
If the servicer with respect to an MSR held by the Fund is terminated, replaced or declares bankruptcy, the Fund could lose the full value of its investments in the related MSR. Such losses may be significant.
Legal Proceedings Involving Servicers. The mortgage loan servicing industry may be litigious, and mortgage servicers could be subject to allegations of illegality in connection with their operations or business practices, including lawsuits related to billing and collections practices, modification protocols or foreclosure practices. Holders of MSRs may face the risk that they could be added as a defendant or investigated in actions or lawsuits that relate to servicing of mortgage loans. Defending the Fund against lawsuits or adverse legal judgments may involve significant legal fees, settlement costs, damages, penalties or other charges, or may require remedial actions pursuant to orders or court-issued injunctions, any of which could adversely affect the performance of the Fund’s investments.
Failure of Servicers’ Operational Systems, Information Technology and Security Infrastructure. The performance of MSRs may be dependent on the servicers’ ability to process and monitor a large number of transactions, many of which may be complex and across diverse real estate markets. Servicers’ financial, accounting, data processing, security or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or may become disabled as a result of any number of events, adversely affecting their ability to process these transactions. Given the volume of transactions servicers may be expected to process and monitor, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and rectified. If one or more of any such events occurs, the servicer’s ability to monitor and collect mortgage payments may be adversely affected.
S-34
Impact of Federal, State and Local Regulations, Licensing and Scrutiny on Mortgage Servicers and MSRs. The servicing of mortgage loans is subject to extensive federal, state and local laws, regulations and administrative decisions. The volume of new or modified laws and regulations has increased in recent years and may continue to increase. The mortgage market may become subject to new or more restrictive requirements, including licensing and other regulations. Any of these outcomes may adversely affect the financial condition of the mortgage market and the performance of MSRs. Furthermore, various state banking regulators and attorneys general have initiated inquiries into banks and servicers regarding compliance with legal procedures in connection with mortgage foreclosures. Governmental bodies also may impose regulatory fines or penalties as a result of servicers’ foreclosure processes or impose additional requirements or restrictions on such activities. In connection with governmental scrutiny of foreclosure processes and practices in the industry, certain government officials have called for a temporary moratorium on mortgage foreclosures. If implemented, such moratoria or other action by federal, state or municipal government bodies, regulators or courts could increase the length of time or difficulty involved in completing the foreclosure process, which could prevent the collection of cash flows until the foreclosure has been resolved. In general, these regulatory developments with respect to foreclosure practices could negatively affect the liquidity and profitability of MSRs. In addition, the implementation of governmental refinancing or principal write-down programs could result in an increase in prepayment speeds and negatively affect performance results of MSRs. The Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) or other industry stakeholders or regulators also may implement or require changes in current mortgage servicing practices and compensation, which may have a material adverse effect on the creation of new MSRs or the economics or performance of any MSRs that the Fund may acquire.
Tax Risks Associated with MSRs. Under guidance issued by the IRS, the cash flows from an MSR may generate two different types of income. Ordinarily, Normal MSR receipts are treated as compensation for services, which would generally be non-qualifying income for purposes of the RIC income tests and may be subject to full U.S. taxation in the hands of a foreign taxpayer such as a foreign subsidiary. An Excess MSR receipt, whether held by the servicer or another taxpayer, is generally treated as constituting interest-only strips and generally should be treated as “stripped coupons” within the meaning of Section 1286(e)(3) of the Code. Certain tax elections may affect the relative amounts of Normal MSRs and Excess MSRs.
Among other tax risks, the treatment of an investor in MSRs will depend on whether MSR cash flows have been properly allocated between Normal MSRs and Excess MSRs. Because of the tax treatment of Normal MSRs, they may need to be held through a U.S. corporate subsidiary that is taxable at regular corporate rates. Excess MSRs, however, if properly structured, may ordinarily be held by the Fund or a foreign subsidiary, thereby avoiding the tax costs of a taxable U.S. corporate subsidiary.
Whole Loan Mortgages Risk
The Fund directly or indirectly may invest in whole loan mortgages. Unlike MBS, whole loan mortgages generally are not government guaranteed or privately insured, though in some cases they may benefit from private mortgage insurance. A whole loan mortgage is directly exposed to losses resulting from default and foreclosure. Therefore, the value of the underlying property, the creditworthiness and financial position of the borrower, and the priority and enforceability of the lien are each of great importance. Whether or not the Advisor or its affiliates have participated in the negotiation of the terms of any such mortgages, there can be no assurance as to the adequacy of the protection of the terms of the loan, including the validity or enforceability of the loan and the maintenance of the anticipated priority and perfection of the applicable security interests. Furthermore, claims may be asserted that might interfere with enforcement of the rights of the Fund. In the event of a foreclosure, the Fund may assume direct ownership of the underlying real estate. The liquidation proceeds upon sale of such real estate may not be sufficient to recover the Fund’s cost basis in the loan, resulting in a loss to the Fund. Any costs or delays involved in the effectuation of a foreclosure of the loan or a liquidation of the underlying property will further reduce the proceeds and thus increase the loss.
S-35
Whole loan mortgages have risks above and beyond those discussed above. For example, whole loan mortgages are subject to “special hazard” risk (property damage caused by hazards, such as earthquakes or environmental hazards, not covered by standard property insurance policies) and to bankruptcy risk (reduction in a borrower’s mortgage debt by a bankruptcy court). In addition, claims may be assessed against the Fund on account of its position as mortgage holder or property owner, including responsibility for tax payments, environmental hazards and other liabilities.
Special Commercial and Residential Mortgage Loan Risks
The Fund directly or indirectly may invest in performing, sub-performing and non-performing mortgage loans. Such investments would subject the Fund to the risks of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related investments. These risks include, among others: (i) continued declines in the value of commercial and residential real estate; (ii) risks related to general and local economic conditions; (iii) possible lack of availability of mortgage funds for borrowers to refinance or sell their property; (iv) overbuilding; (v) the general deterioration of the borrower’s ability to keep a rehabilitated sub-performing or non-performing mortgage loan current; (vi) increases in property taxes and operating expenses; (vii) changes in zoning laws; (viii) costs resulting from the clean-up of, and liability to third parties for damages resulting from, environmental problems; (ix) casualty or condemnation losses; (x) uninsured damages from floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters; (xi) limitations on and variations in rents; (xii) fluctuations in interest rates; and (xiii) fraud by borrowers, originators and/or sellers of mortgage loans. To the extent that assets underlying such investments are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects, the Fund may be subject to certain of the foregoing risks to a greater extent. Additionally, the Fund may be required to foreclose distressed mortgage loans and such actions would subject the Fund to greater concentration of the risks of the commercial and residential real estate markets and risks related to the ownership and management of real property.
The mortgage loans and loan portfolios to which the Fund may have direct or indirect exposure generally will have been originated by third parties. There is a risk that the underlying mortgage loan documentation and calculations of outstanding principal, interest, late fees and other amounts will be deficient and/or inaccurate and that the Fund will not detect such deficiencies and inaccuracies prior to gaining such economic exposure. Accordingly, such loans or loan portfolios may be compromised, reducing the value of any investment therein by the Fund.
The borrowers under distressed mortgage loans may have a variety of rights to contest the enforceability of the mortgage loan and prevent or significantly delay and increase the cost of any foreclosure action, including, without limitation, allegations regarding fraud in the inducement by the original lender or broker, failure of the lender to produce the original documentation, improper recordation of the mortgage, various theories of lender liability, and relief through the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and similar state laws providing debtor relief.
Of paramount concern when investing in loans secured by real estate is the possibility of material misrepresentation or omission on the part of the borrower or seller. The actual home owner may not be responsible for such fraudulent residential mortgage loans. Such fraudulent mortgage loans may not be identified as such due to internal control weaknesses and failure of the loan originator or intermediary to be advised of such claims. Such mortgage loans could be acquired by the Fund despite the exercise of prudent due diligence. Any inaccuracy or incompleteness on the part of the borrower or seller may adversely affect the valuation of the real estate underlying the loans or may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to perfect or effectuate a lien on the real estate or other collateral securing the loan. Under certain circumstances, payments to the Fund may be reclaimed if such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance or a preferential payment.
Risk of Decline in Value of Real Estate Collateral
The value of the real estate that underlies mortgage loans is subject to market conditions. Changes in the real estate market may adversely affect the value of the collateral and thereby lower the value to be derived from
S-36
a liquidation. In addition, adverse changes in the real estate market increase the risk of default, as the incentive of the borrower to retain and protect equity in the property declines. Furthermore, many of the properties that may secure loans to which the Fund has direct or indirect economic exposure may be suffering varying degrees of financial distress or may be located in economically distressed areas. During the financial crisis of 2007-2009, there was a substantial decline in the value of housing in many markets in the United States. It is possible that real estate values could again decline for a substantial period. Loans to which the Fund may have direct or indirect economic exposure may become non-performing for a wide variety of reasons, including, without limitation, because the mortgaged property is too highly leveraged (and, therefore, the borrower is unable to meet debt service payments), the borrower falls upon financial distress (such as from job loss or income reduction, or the reset of interest rates on the mortgage itself, which reduces the borrower’s ability to pay) or the property is in a market which has suffered a decline in home prices (and therefore, a borrower has a reduced willingness to pay). Such non-performing loans may require a substantial amount of workout negotiations and/or restructuring, which may entail, among other things, a substantial reduction in the interest rate, capitalization of interest payments and a substantial write-down of the principal of the loan. However, even if such restructuring were successfully accomplished, a risk exists that the borrower will not be able or willing to maintain the restructured payments or refinance the restructured mortgage upon maturity.
It is possible that the Fund may find it necessary or desirable to foreclose on some of the loans it acquires. The foreclosure process may be lengthy and expensive. Borrowers may resist mortgage foreclosure actions by asserting numerous claims, counterclaims and defenses against the Fund, including, without limitation, numerous lender liability claims and defenses, even when such assertions may have no basis in fact, in an effort to prolong the foreclosure action and force the lender into a modification of the loan or a favorable buy-out of the borrower’s position. In some states, foreclosure actions can sometimes take several years or more to litigate. At any time prior to or during the foreclosure proceedings, the borrower may file for bankruptcy, which would have the effect of staying the foreclosure actions and further delaying the foreclosure process. Foreclosure may create a negative public image of the mortgaged property and may result in a diminution of value.
The default rate for residential mortgage rates may increase due in large part to borrowers’ inability or unwillingness to carry the mortgage loan on a current basis, increased mortgage loan carrying costs resulting from resets of adjustable rate mortgages and increases in taxes and insurance, the inability of borrowers to refinance mortgage loans and general factors that reduce the ability of the borrower to pay its mortgage loan obligations, including loss of employment, increased cost of living and unexpected significant bills such as healthcare-related expenses. Lenders may exercise their foreclosure rights that will further decrease the value of the residential real estate as foreclosure sales are often at lower prices than sales in the ordinary course. Such conditions could further decrease the value of the residential real estate. The Fund could face increased default rates on sub-performing and non-performing mortgage loans to which it has direct or indirect economic exposure, including loans that were modified with the expectation that they would be re-performing loans.
Environmental Hazards
Under applicable environmental laws, owners of property may be liable for the cleanup and removal of hazardous substances even where the owner was not responsible for placing the hazardous substances on the property or where the property was contaminated prior to the time the owner took title. The kinds of hazardous substances for which liability may be incurred include, among others, chemicals and other materials commonly used by small businesses and manufacturing operations. The costs of removal and clean-up of hazardous substances and wastes can be extremely expensive and, in some cases, can exceed the value of a property. If any property acquired by the Fund through foreclosure or otherwise subsequently were found to have an environmental problem, the Fund could incur substantial costs and suffer a complete loss of its investment in such property as well as of other assets. Similarly, real estate is subject to loss due to so-called “special hazards” (e.g., floods, earthquakes and hurricanes). It may be impractical or impossible to fully insure against such events and, should such an event occur, the Fund could incur substantial costs and suffer a complete loss of its investment in such property.
S-37
Mortgage-Related Issuers
The Fund may invest in mortgage servicers, originators and other mortgage-related issuers, including acquiring all or substantially all of the equity of a mortgage origination business. There can be no assurance that any such investments will be made or, if made, that they will be profitable.
Because investments in mortgage-related issuers are relatively illiquid, the Fund’s ability to promptly sell one or more related investments in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions is limited. The mortgage and real estate market is affected by many factors, such as general economic conditions, availability of financing, interest rates and other factors, including supply and demand, that are beyond the Fund’s control. The Fund cannot predict whether it will be able to sell any investment in a mortgage-related issuer, including a mortgage originator or servicer, for the price or on the terms set by the Fund or whether any price or other terms offered by a prospective purchaser would be acceptable to the Fund. The Fund also cannot predict the length of time needed to find a willing and suitable purchaser.
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies.
The Fund may invest in stock, warrants, rights and other interests issued by special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”) or similar special purpose entities that pool funds to seek potential acquisition opportunities, including the “founder’s” shares and warrants described below. A SPAC is a publicly traded company that raises investment capital via an IPO for the purpose of identifying and acquiring one or more operating businesses or assets. In connection with forming a SPAC, the SPAC’s sponsors acquire “founder’s” shares, generally for nominal consideration, and warrants that will result in the sponsors owning a specified percentage (typically 20%) of the SPAC’s outstanding common stock upon completion of the IPO. At the time a SPAC conducts an IPO, it has selected a management team but has not yet identified a specific acquisition opportunity. Unless and until an acquisition is completed, a SPAC generally invests its assets in U.S. government securities, money market securities and cash. If an acquisition that meets the requirements for the SPAC is not completed within a pre-established period of time, the invested funds are returned to the SPAC’s public shareholders, the warrants expire, and the “founder’s” shares and such warrants become worthless. Because SPACs and similar entities are in essence “blank check” companies without operating histories or ongoing business operations (other than identifying and pursuing acquisitions), the potential for the long term capital appreciation of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the SPAC’s management to identify and complete a profitable acquisition. There is no guarantee that the SPACs in which the Fund invests will complete an acquisition or that any acquisitions completed by the SPACs in which the Fund invests will be profitable. Some SPACs may pursue acquisitions only within certain industries or regions, which may ultimately lead to an increase in the volatility of their prices following the acquisition. In addition, some of these securities may be considered illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on resale.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
Investment Management Agreement
Although the Advisor intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Fund as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Fund, the services of the Advisor are not exclusive and the Advisor provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
The investment management agreement between the Advisor and the Fund (the “Investment Management Agreement”) also provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Advisor is not liable to the Fund or any of the Fund’s shareholders for any act or omission by the Advisor in the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Fund or the Fund’s shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Fund of the Advisor, its directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Fund, subject to certain limitations and conditions.
S-38
The Investment Management Agreement provides that the Advisor receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the Fund’s Managed Assets.
The Fund and the Advisor have entered into a fee waiver agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), pursuant to which the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive the management fee with respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets attributable to investments in any equity and fixed-income mutual funds and exchange-traded funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates that have a contractual fee, through June 30, 2025. In addition, pursuant to the Fee Waiver Agreement, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its management fees by the amount of investment advisory fees the Fund pays to the Advisor indirectly through its investment in money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates, through June 30, 2025. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be continued from year to year thereafter, provided that such continuance is specifically approved by the Advisor and the Fund (including by a majority of the Fund’s Independent Trustees). Neither the Advisor nor the Fund is obligated to extend the Fee Waiver Agreement. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, only by the Fund (upon the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Fund or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund), upon 90 days’ written notice by the Fund to the Advisor.
Pursuant to an Expense Limitation Agreement between the Fund and the Advisor (the “Expense Agreement”), the Advisor has agreed to waive and/or reimburse certain operating and other expenses of the Fund in order to limit certain expenses to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily value of the net assets of each share class. Subject to the terms of the Expense Agreement, expenses borne by the Advisor in the prior two fiscal years of the Fund are subject to recoupment by the Advisor. Such recoupment arrangement will terminate on March 1, 2026. The Fund will carry forward any waivers and/or reimbursements of fees and expenses in excess of the Expense Cap and repay the Advisor such amount provided the Fund is able to do so without exceeding the lesser of (1) the expense limit in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement, as applicable, or (2) the expense limit in effect at the time of recoupment after giving effect to the repayment. The Expense Agreement continues from year to year if approved by a majority of the Fund’s Independent Trustees. The current term of the Expense Agreement expires on June 30, 2025. Expenses covered by the Expense Cap include all of the Fund’s expenses other than those expressly excluded by the Expense Cap. Expenses covered by the Expense Cap include, without limitation, custodial, accounting and administrative services (e.g., expenses incurred in connection with: reconciling cash and investment balances with the Fund’s custodian; calculating contractual expenses, including management fees; determining net income; arranging for the computation of the Fund’s NAV; preparing the Fund’s Statement of Assets and Liabilities, Statement of Operations and Statements of Changes in Net Assets; preparing the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports; receiving and tabulating proxies; maintaining the register of shareholders, including any transfer or repurchase of common shares; arranging for the calculation of the issue and repurchase price of Shares; preparing repurchase offer notices and performing all work associated with repurchase offers; allocating income, expenses, gains and losses; issuing reports and transaction statements to Fund shareholders), any ongoing organizational expenses, and all initial and ongoing offering expenses (other than any applicable sales load). Expenses excluded from the Expense Cap are limited to (i) the investment advisory fee; (ii) interest expense and other financing costs, if any; (iii) portfolio transaction and other investment-related costs (including acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, dealer and underwriter spreads, commitment fees on leverage facilities, prime broker fees and expenses and dividend expenses related to short sales); (iv) taxes; (v) any other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business (including, without limitation, litigation expenses); and (vi) if applicable, an ongoing Distribution and Servicing Fee).
The Investment Management Agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Fund as of November 15, 2018. The Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Investment Management Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the Investment
S-39
Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Fund, without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by the Advisor, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The Investment Management Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Investment Management Agreement by the Board is available in the Fund’s Semi-Annual Report to shareholders for the fiscal period ended June 30, 2023.
The table below sets forth information about the total management fees paid by the Fund to the Advisor (which includes amounts paid by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisors), and the amounts waived and/or reimbursed by the Advisor, for the periods indicated:
Paid to the Advisor | Waived by the Advisor | Reimbursed by the Advisor | ||||||||||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023 | $ | 4,642,918 | $ | 20,083 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2022 | $ | 5,194,693 | $ | 18,517 | $ | 0 | ||||||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021 | $ | 3,331,662 | $ | 40,306 | $ | 0 |
Sub-Investment Advisory Agreements
BlackRock International Limited, BlackRock (Singapore) Limited and BlackRock Capital Investment Advisors, LLC, each a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Fund pursuant to separate sub-investment advisory agreements.
The Advisor, and not the Fund, pays an annual sub-advisory fee to each Sub-Advisor equal to a percentage of the management fee received by the Advisor from the Fund with respect to the average daily value of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the applicable Sub-Advisor.
Each sub-investment advisory agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Fund will indemnify the applicable Sub-Advisor, its directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Fund, subject to certain limitations.
Although each Sub-Advisor intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Fund as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Fund, the services of each Sub-Advisor are not exclusive and each Sub-Advisor provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
Each sub-investment advisory agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Each sub-investment advisory agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Fund without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by the Advisor or the respective Sub-Advisor, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other. The sub-investment advisory agreements will also terminate
S-40
automatically in the event of their assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the sub-investment advisory agreements by the Board is available in the Fund’s Semi-Annual Report to shareholders for the fiscal period ended June 30, 2023.
Administration and Accounting Services Agreement
State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) provides certain administration and accounting services to the Fund pursuant to an Administration and Accounting Services Agreement. The table below shows the amounts paid to State Street for such services for the periods indicated:
Paid to State Street | ||||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023 | $ | 80,060 | ||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2022 | $ | 98,649 | ||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021 | $ | 58,377 |
Information on Trustees and Officers
The Board consists of five individuals, four of whom are Independent Trustees. The registered investment companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex, the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex, and the iShares Complex (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the BlackRock Fund Complex referred to as the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex. The Trustees also oversee as board members the operations of the other open-end and closed-end registered investment companies included in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex.
The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Fund. The Chair of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer are different people. Not only is the Chair of the Board an Independent Trustee, but also the Chair of each Board committee (each, a “Committee”) is an Independent Trustee. The Board has five standing Committees: an Audit Committee, a Governance and Nominating Committee, a Compliance Committee, a Performance Oversight Committee and a Securities Lending Committee. The role of the Chair of the Board is to preside over all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees between meetings. The Chair of each Committee performs a similar role with respect to the Committee. The Chair of the Board or Chair of a Committee may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board or the Committee from time to time. The Independent Trustees meet regularly outside the presence of the Fund’s management, in executive sessions or with other service providers to the Fund. The Board has regular meetings five times a year, including a meeting to consider the approval of the Fund’s investment management agreement, and, if necessary, may hold special meetings before its next regular meeting. Each Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to that Committee by the Board and reports its findings to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and to allocate areas of responsibility among Committees and the Board to enhance oversight.
The Board decided to separate the roles of Chief Executive Officer from the Chair because it believes that having an independent Chair:
• | increases the independent oversight of the Fund and enhances the Board’s objective evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer; |
• | allows the Chief Executive Officer to focus on the Fund’s operations instead of Board administration; |
• | provides greater opportunities for direct and independent communication between shareholders and the Board; and |
• | provides an independent spokesman for the Fund. |
S-41
The Board has engaged the Advisor to manage the Fund on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Advisor, Sub-Advisors, other service providers, the operations of the Fund and associated risks in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, state law, other applicable laws, the Fund’s charter, and the Fund’s investment objective and strategies. The Board reviews, on an ongoing basis, the Fund’s performance, operations, and investment strategies and techniques. The Board also conducts reviews of the Advisor and its role in running the operations of the Fund.
Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Fund is the responsibility of the Advisor, Sub-Advisors or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), subject to the supervision of the Advisor. The Fund is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by the Advisor, Sub-Advisors or other service providers, as applicable, it is not possible to eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Fund. Risk oversight is part of the Board’s general oversight of the Fund and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. The Board, directly or through Committees, also reviews reports from, among others, management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund, the Advisor, Sub-Advisors and internal auditors for the Advisor or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Fund and management’s or the service provider’s risk functions. The Committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the Trustees and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Fund’s activities and associated risks. The Board has approved the appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who oversees the implementation and testing of the Fund’s compliance program and reports regularly to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Fund and its service providers. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
Audit Committee. The Board has a standing Audit Committee composed of Catherine A. Lynch (Chair) and Arthur P. Steinmetz, both of whom are Independent Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the accounting and financial reporting policies and practices of the Fund. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) approving, and recommending to the full Board for approval, the selection, retention, termination and compensation of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm (the “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”) and evaluating the independence and objectivity of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm; (ii) approving all audit engagement terms and fees for the Fund; (iii) reviewing the conduct and results of each audit; (iv) reviewing any issues raised by the Fund’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm or management regarding the accounting or financial reporting policies and practices of the Fund, its internal controls, and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers and management’s response to any such issues; (v) reviewing and discussing the Fund’s audited and unaudited financial statements and disclosure in the Fund’s shareholder reports relating to the Fund’s performance; (vi) assisting the Board’s responsibilities with respect to the internal controls of the Fund and its service providers with respect to accounting and financial matters; and (vii) resolving any disagreements between the Fund’s management and the Fund’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm regarding financial reporting. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter for the Fund can be found in the “Corporate Governance” section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at www.blackrock.com. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Audit Committee met four times.
Governance and Nominating Committee. The Board has a standing Governance and Nominating Committee composed of W. Carl Kester (Chair), Catherine A. Lynch and Cynthia L. Egan, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Governance and Nominating Committee are: (i) identifying individuals qualified to serve as Independent Trustees and recommending Board nominees that are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) for election by shareholders or appointment by the Board; (ii) advising the Board with respect to Board composition, procedures and Committees of the Board (other than the Audit Committee); (iii) overseeing periodic self-assessments of the Board and Committees of the Board (other than the Audit Committee); (iv) reviewing and making recommendations in respect to Independent Trustee compensation; (v) monitoring corporate governance matters
S-42
and making recommendations in respect thereof to the Board; (vi) acting as the administrative committee with respect to Board policies and procedures, committee policies and procedures (other than the Audit Committee) and codes of ethics as they relate to the Independent Trustees; and (vii) reviewing and making recommendations to the Board in respect of Fund share ownership by the Independent Trustees. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Governance and Nominating Committee met four times.
The Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board seeks to identify individuals to serve on the Board who have a diverse range of viewpoints, qualifications, experiences, backgrounds and skill sets so that the Board will be better suited to fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the Fund’s activities. In so doing, the Governance and Nominating Committee reviews the size of the Board, the ages of the current Trustees and their tenure on the Board, and the skills, background and experiences of the Trustees in light of the issues facing the Fund in determining whether one or more new trustees should be added to the Board. The Board as a group strives to achieve diversity in terms of gender, race and geographic location. The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that the Trustees as a group possess the array of skills, experiences and backgrounds necessary to guide the Fund. The Trustees’ biographies included herein highlight the diversity and breadth of skills, qualifications and expertise that the Trustees bring to the Fund.
The Governance and Nominating Committee may consider nominations for Trustees made by the Fund’s shareholders as it deems appropriate. Under the Fund’s Bylaws, shareholders must follow certain procedures to nominate a person for election as a Trustee at a special meeting, or to introduce an item of business at a special meeting. Under these advance notice procedures, shareholders must submit the proposed nominee or item of business by delivering a notice to the Secretary of the Fund at its principal executive offices.
The Fund’s Bylaws provide that notice of a proposed nomination must include certain information about the shareholder and the nominee, as well as a written consent of the proposed nominee to serve if elected. A notice of a proposed item of business must include a description of and the reasons for bringing the proposed business to the meeting, any material interest of the shareholder in the business, and certain other information about the shareholder.
Further, the Fund has adopted Trustee qualification requirements which can be found in the Fund’s Bylaws and are applicable to all Trustees that may be nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated to serve as Trustees. The qualification requirements include: (i) age limits; (ii) limits on service on other boards; (iii) restrictions on relationships with investment advisers other than BlackRock; and (iv) character and fitness requirements. In addition to not being an “interested person” of the Fund as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act, each Independent Trustee may not be or have certain relationships with a shareholder owning five percent or more of the Fund’s voting securities or owning other percentage ownership interests in investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act. Reference is made to the Fund’s Bylaws for more details.
A copy of the Governance and Nominating Committee Charter for the Fund can be found in the “Corporate Governance” section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at www.blackrock.com.
Compliance Committee. The Board has a Compliance Committee composed of Cynthia L. Egan (Chair) and W. Carl Kester, both of whom are Independent Trustees. The Compliance Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility with respect to the oversight of regulatory and fiduciary compliance matters involving the Fund, the fund-related activities of BlackRock, and the Sub-Advisors and the Fund’s other third party service providers. The Compliance Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) overseeing the compliance policies and procedures of the Fund and its service providers and recommending changes or additions to such policies and procedures; (ii) reviewing information on and, where appropriate, recommending policies concerning the Fund’s compliance with applicable law; (iii) reviewing information on any significant correspondence with or other actions by regulators or governmental agencies with respect to the Fund and any employee complaints or published reports that raise concerns regarding compliance matters; and (iv) reviewing
S-43
reports from, overseeing the annual performance review of, and making certain recommendations in respect of, the Fund’s CCO, including, without limitation, determining the amount and structure of the CCO’s compensation. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Board’s Compliance Committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Compliance Committee met four times.
Performance Oversight Committee. The Board has a Performance Oversight Committee composed of Arthur P. Steinmetz (Chair), W. Carl Kester, Catherine A. Lynch and Cynthia L. Egan, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Performance Oversight Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility to oversee the Fund’s investment performance relative to the Fund’s investment objective, policies and practices. The Performance Oversight Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) reviewing the Fund’s investment objective, policies and practices; (ii) recommending to the Board any required action in respect of changes in fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions; (iii) reviewing information on appropriate benchmarks and competitive universes; (iv) reviewing the Fund’s investment performance relative to such benchmarks; (v) reviewing information on unusual or exceptional investment matters; (vi) reviewing whether the Fund has complied with its investment policies and restrictions; and (vii) overseeing policies, procedures and controls regarding valuation of the Fund’s investments. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Board’s Performance Oversight Committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Performance Oversight Committee met four times.
Securities Lending Committee. The Board has a Securities Lending Committee composed of Catherine A. Lynch (Chair), Cynthia L. Egan and W. Carl Kester, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Securities Lending Committee include, without limitation: (i) supporting, overseeing and organizing on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of the Fund’s securities lending activities; and (ii) providing a recommendation to the Board regarding the annual approval of the Fund’s Securities Lending Guidelines and the Fund’s agreement with the lending agent. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Board’s Securities Lending Committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Securities Lending Committee met two times.
The Independent Trustees have adopted a statement of policy that describes the experiences, qualifications, skills and attributes that are necessary and desirable for potential Independent Trustee candidates (the “Statement of Policy”). The Board believes that each Independent Trustee satisfied, at the time he or she was initially appointed a Trustee, and continues to satisfy, the standards contemplated by the Statement of Policy as well as the standards set forth in the Fund’s Bylaws. Furthermore, in determining that a particular Trustee was and continues to be qualified to serve as a Trustee, the Board has considered a variety of criteria, none of which, in isolation, was controlling. The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have balanced and diverse experiences, skills, attributes and qualifications, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the Fund and protecting the interests of shareholders. Among the attributes common to all Trustees is their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Advisor, Sub-Advisors, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member of the Fund or the other funds in the BlackRock Fund Complexes (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; ongoing commitment and participation in Board and Committee meetings, as well as his or her leadership of standing and other committees throughout the years; or other relevant life experiences.
S-44
The table below discusses some of the experiences, qualifications and skills of each Trustee that support the conclusion that he or she should serve on the Board.
Trustees | Experience, Qualifications and Skills | |
Independent Trustees | ||
W. Carl Kester | The Board benefits from W. Carl Kester’s experiences as a professor and author in finance, and his experience as the George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration at Harvard Business School and as Deputy Dean of Academic Affairs at Harvard Business School from 2006 through 2010 adds to the Board a wealth of expertise in corporate finance and corporate governance. Dr. Kester has authored and edited numerous books and research papers on both subject matters, including co-editing a leading volume of finance case studies used worldwide. Dr. Kester’s long-standing service on the boards of directors/trustees of the closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Fund, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Fund. Dr. Kester’s independence from the Fund, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors enhances his service as Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee and a member of the Compliance Committee, the Performance Oversight Committee and the Securities Lending Committee. | |
Cynthia L. Egan | Cynthia L. Egan brings to the Board a broad and diverse knowledge of investment companies and the retirement industry as a result of her many years of experience as President, Retirement Plan Services, for T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. and her various senior operating officer positions at Fidelity Investments, including her service as Executive Vice President of FMR Co., President of Fidelity Institutional Services Company and President of the Fidelity Charitable Gift Fund. Ms. Egan has also served as an advisor to the U.S. Department of Treasury as an expert in domestic retirement security. Ms. Egan began her professional career at the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Ms. Egan is also a director of UNUM Corporation, a publicly traded insurance company providing personal risk reinsurance, and a director and Chair of the Board of The Hanover Group, a public property casualty insurance company. Ms. Egan is also the lead independent director and non-executive Vice Chair of the Board of Huntsman Corporation, a publicly traded manufacturer and marketer of chemical products. Ms. Egan’s independence from the Fund, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors enhances her service as Chair of the Compliance Committee and a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee, the Performance Oversight Committee and the Securities Lending Committee. | |
Catherine A. Lynch | Catherine A. Lynch, who served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the National Railroad Retirement Investment Trust, benefits the Board by providing business leadership and experience and a diverse knowledge of pensions and endowments. Ms. Lynch is also a trustee of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a specialty finance company that invests primarily in mortgage-related assets. Ms. Lynch also holds the designation of Chartered Financial Analyst. Ms. Lynch’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies her to serve as Chair of the Audit Committee. Ms. Lynch’s independence from the Fund, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors enhances her service as the Chair of the Securities Lending Committee, and a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee and the Performance Oversight Committee. | |
Arthur P. Steinmetz | The Board benefits from Arthur P. Steinmetz’s many years of business and leadership experience as an executive, chairman and director of various companies in the financial industry. Mr. Steinmetz’s service as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of |
S-45
Trustees | Experience, Qualifications and Skills | |
the OppenheimerFunds, Inc. and as Trustee, President and Principal Executive Officer of certain OppenheimerFunds funds provides insight into the asset management industry. He has also served as a Director of ScotiaBank (U.S.). Mr. Steinmetz’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Steinmetz’s independence from the Fund, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors enhances his service as Chair of the Performance Oversight Committee. | ||
John M. Perlowski | John M. Perlowski’s experience as Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009, as the Head of BlackRock Global Accounting and Product Services since 2009, and as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Fund provides him with a strong understanding of the Fund, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Fund. Mr. Perlowski’s prior position as Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer of the Global Product Group at Goldman Sachs Asset Management, and his former service as Treasurer and Senior Vice President of the Goldman Sachs Mutual Funds and as Director of the Goldman Sachs Offshore Funds provides the Board with the benefit of his experience with the management practices of other financial companies. Mr. Perlowski also serves as a board member for the funds in the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex. |
Biographical Information
Certain biographical and other information relating to the Trustees is set forth below, including their address and year of birth, principal occupations for at least the last five years, length of time served, total number of registered investment companies and investment portfolios overseen in the BlackRock-advised Funds and any currently held public company and other investment company directorships.
Name and | Position(s) | Principal Occupation(s) | Number of | Public | ||||
Independent Trustees | ||||||||
W. Carl Kester 1951 | Chair of the Board (Since 2019) and Trustee (Since 2018) | Baker Foundation Professor and George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration, Emeritus, Harvard Business School since 2022; George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School from 2008 to 2022; Deputy Dean for Academic Affairs from 2006 to 2010; Chairman of the Finance Unit, from 2005 to 2006; Senior Associate Dean and Chairman of the MBA Program from 1999 to 2005; Member of the faculty of Harvard Business School since 1981. | 70 RICs consisting of 104 Portfolios | None |
S-46
Name and | Position(s) | Principal Occupation(s) | Number of | Public | ||||
Cynthia L. Egan 1955 | Trustee (Since 2023) | Advisor, U.S. Department of the Treasury from 2014 to 2015; President, Retirement Plan Services, for T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. from 2007 to 2012; executive positions within Fidelity Investments from 1989 to 2007. | 70 RICs consisting of 104 Portfolios | Unum (insurance); The Hanover Insurance Group (Board Chair); Huntsman Corporation (Lead Independent Director and non-Executive Vice Chair of the Board) (chemical products) | ||||
Catherine A. Lynch 1961 | Trustee (Since 2018) | Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and various other positions, National Railroad Retirement Investment Trust from 2003 to 2016; Associate Vice President for Treasury Management, The George Washington University from 1999 to 2003; Assistant Treasurer, Episcopal Church of America from 1995 to 1999. | 70 RICs consisting of 104 Portfolios | PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust | ||||
Arthur P. Steinmetz4 1958 | Trustee (Since 2023) | Consultant, Posit PBC (enterprise data science) since 2020; Director, ScotiaBank (U.S.) from 2020 to 2023; Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of OppenheimerFunds, Inc. from 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively to 2019); Trustee, President and Principal Executive Officer of 104 OppenheimerFunds funds from 2014 to 2019. Portfolio manager of various OppenheimerFunds fixed income mutual funds from 1986 to 2014. | 70 RICs consisting of 104 Portfolios | Trustee of 104 OppenheimerFunds funds from 2014 to 2019 | ||||
Interested Trustee2,4 | ||||||||
John M. Perlowski 1964 | Trustee (Since 2018) President and Chief Executive Officer (Since 2018) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009; Head of BlackRock Global Accounting and Product Services since 2009; Advisory Director of Family Resource Network (charitable foundation) since 2009 | 98 RICs consisting of 268 Portfolios | None |
1 | The address of each Trustee is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 50 Hudson Yards, New York, New York 10001. |
S-47
2 | Each Independent Trustee holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal as provided by the Fund’s by-laws or charter or statute, or until December 31 of the year in which he or she turns 75. Trustees who are “interested persons,” as defined in the Investment Company Act, serve until their successor is duly elected and qualifies or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal as provided by the Fund’s by-laws or statute, or until December 31 of the year in which they turn 72. The Board may determine to extend the terms of Independent Trustees on a case-by-case basis, as appropriate. |
3 | Following the combination of Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (“MLIM”) and BlackRock, Inc. in September 2006, the various legacy MLIM and legacy BlackRock fund boards were realigned and consolidated into three new fund boards in 2007. Certain Independent Trustees first became members of the boards of other legacy MLIM or legacy BlackRock funds as follows: W. Carl Kester, 1995. Certain other Independent Trustees became members of the boards of the closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex as follows: Cynthia L. Egan, 2016; and Catherine A. Lynch, 2016. |
4 | Mr. Perlowski is an “interested person,” as defined in the Investment Company Act, of the Fund based on his positions with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates. Mr. Perlowski is also a board member of the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex. |
Certain biographical and other information relating to the officers of the Fund who are not Trustees is set forth below, including their address and year of birth, principal occupations for at least the last five years and length of time served. With the exception of the CCO, executive officers receive no compensation from the Fund. The Fund compensates the CCO for his services as its CCO.
Each executive officer is an “interested person” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) by virtue of that individual’s position with BlackRock or its affiliates described in the table below.
Name and | Position(s) Held | Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years | ||
Officers Who Are Not Trustees | ||||
Jonathan Diorio 1980 | Vice President (Since 2018) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2015. | ||
Trent Walker 1974 | Chief Financial Officer (Since 2021) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since September 2019; Executive Vice President of PIMCO from 2016 to 2019. | ||
Jay M. Fife 1970 | Treasurer (Since 2018) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2007. | ||
Ariel Hazzard 1988 | Chief Compliance Officer (Since 2024) | Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2023; Vice President of BlackRock, Inc. from 2019-2022; Associate of BlackRock, Inc. from 2016-2018. | ||
Lisa Belle 1968 | Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer (Since 2019) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2019; Global Financial Crime Head for Asset and Wealth Management of JP Morgan from 2013 to 2019. | ||
Janey Ahn 1975 | Secretary (Since 2018) | Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2018. |
1 | The address of each Officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 50 Hudson Yards, New York, New York 10001. |
2 | Officers of the Fund serve at the pleasure of the Board. |
Share Ownership
Information relating to each Trustee’s share ownership in the Fund and in all BlackRock-advised Funds that are currently overseen by the respective Trustee (“Supervised Funds”) as of December 31, 2023 is set forth in the chart below. Amounts shown may include shares as to which a Trustee has indirect beneficial ownership, such as through participation in certain family accounts, 529 college savings plan interests, or similar arrangements where the Trustee has beneficial economic interest but not a direct ownership interest.
S-48
Name | Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund1 | Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Supervised Funds1 | ||||
Independent Trustees: | ||||||
W. Carl Kester | $10,001 - $50,000 | Over $100,000 | ||||
Cynthia L. Egan2 | None | Over $100,000 | ||||
Catherine A. Lynch | None | Over $100,000 | ||||
Arthur P. Steinmetz2 | None | None | ||||
Interested Trustee: | ||||||
John M. Perlowski | None | Over $100,000 |
1 | Includes share equivalents owned under the deferred compensation plan in the Supervised Funds by certain Independent Trustees who have participated in the deferred compensation plan of the Supervised Funds. |
2 | Appointed as a Trustee of the Fund effective December 31, 2023. |
Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities
As of December 31, 2023, the Independent Trustees (and their respective immediate family members) did not beneficially own securities of the Advisors, or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Advisors (not including registered investment companies).
As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and officers of the Fund, as a group, directly or indirectly beneficially owned less than 1% of any class of the outstanding common shares in the Fund.
Compensation of Trustees
Effective, January 1, 2024, each Trustee who is an Independent Trustee is paid an annual retainer of $75,000 per year for his or her services as a Trustee of the Fund. The Chair of the Board is paid an additional annual retainer of $15,000 per year. The Chair of the Audit Committee is paid an additional annual retainer of $10,000 per year. The Independent Trustees do not receive any other compensation from the Fund.
The Independent Trustees have agreed that a maximum of 50% of each Independent Trustee’s total compensation paid by funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex may be deferred pursuant to the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex’s deferred compensation plan. Under the deferred compensation plan, deferred amounts earn a return for the Independent Trustees as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of certain funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex selected by the Independent Trustees. This has approximately the same economic effect for the Independent Trustees as if they had invested the deferred amounts in such funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex. The deferred compensation plan is not funded and obligations thereunder represent general unsecured claims against the general assets of a fund and are recorded as a liability for accounting purposes.
Prior to January 1, 2024, each Trustee who is an Independent Trustee was paid an annual retainer of $60,000 per year for his or her services as a Trustee of the Fund, and the Chair of the Board was paid an additional annual retainer of $10,000 per year. The Independent Trustees did not receive any other compensation from the Fund.
The following table sets forth the compensation paid to the Trustees by the Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, and the aggregate compensation, including deferred compensation amounts, paid to them by all BlackRock-advised Funds for the calendar year ended December 31, 2023.
S-49
Name1 | Compensation from the Fund | Estimated Annual Benefits upon Retirement | Aggregate Compensation from the Fund and Other BlackRock- Advised Funds2,3 | |||||||||
Independent Trustees: | ||||||||||||
Cynthia L. Egan4 | N/A | None | $ | 465,000 | ||||||||
Frank J. Fabozzi5 | $ | 30,000 | None | $ | 497,500 | |||||||
W. Carl Kester | $ | 35,000 | None | $ | 587,500 | |||||||
Catherine A. Lynch | $ | 30,000 | None | $ | 530,000 | |||||||
Arthur P. Steinmetz6 | N/A | None | $ | 85,914 | ||||||||
Interested Trustee: | ||||||||||||
John M. Perlowski | None | None | None |
1 | For the number of BlackRock-advised Funds from which each Trustee receives compensation see the Biographical Information chart beginning on page S-46. |
2 | For the Independent Trustees, this amount represents the aggregate compensation earned from the funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex during the calendar year ended December 31, 2023. Of this amount, Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Kester and Ms. Lynch deferred $0, $44,063 and $68,900, respectively, pursuant to the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex’s deferred compensation plan. |
3 | Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex to Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Kester and Ms. Lynch is $1,311,764, $1,873,945 and $542,749, respectively, as of December 31, 2023. Ms. Egan and Mr. Steinmetz did not participate in the deferred compensation plan as of December 31, 2023. |
4 | Ms. Egan was appointed as a Trustee of the Fund effective December 31, 2023 and was appointed as a member and Chair of the Compliance Committe Committee, a member of the Performance Oversight Committee and a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee effective January 1, 2024. |
5 | Dr. Fabozzi retired as a Trustee of the Fund, a member of the Audit Committee, a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee and Chair of the Performance Oversight Committee effective December 31, 2023. |
6 | Mr. Steinmetz was appointed as a Trustee of the Fund effective December 31, 2023 and was appointed as a member and Chair of the Performance Oversight Committee and a member of the Audit Committee effective January 19, 2024. |
Indemnification of Trustees and Officers
The governing documents of the Fund generally provide that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Fund unless, as to liability to the Fund or its investors, it is finally adjudicated that they engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in their offices. In addition, the Fund will not indemnify Trustees with respect to any matter as to which Trustees did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interest of the Fund or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which Trustees had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful. Indemnification provisions contained in the Fund’s governing documents are subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law.
Closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex, including the Fund, have also entered into a separate indemnification agreement with the board members of each board of such funds (the “Indemnification Agreement”). The Indemnification Agreement (i) extends the indemnification provisions contained in a fund’s governing documents to board members who leave that fund’s board and serve on an advisory board of a different closed-end fund in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex; (ii) sets in place the terms of the indemnification provisions of a fund’s governing documents once a board member retires from a board; and (iii) in the case of board members who left the board of a fund in connection with or prior to the board consolidation that occurred in 2007 as a result of the merger of BlackRock and Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.’s investment management business, clarifies that such fund continues to indemnify the director for claims arising out of his or her past service to that fund.
S-50
Portfolio Management
Portfolio Manager Assets Under Management
The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the Fund for which the portfolio manager is primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of December 31, 2023:
Number of Other Accounts Managed and Assets by Account Type | Number of Other Accounts and Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance-Based | |||||||||||||||
Name of Portfolio | Other Registered Investment Companies | Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | Other Accounts | Other Registered Investment Companies | Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | Other Accounts | ||||||||||
James Keenan | 18 | 30 | 9 | 0 | 0 | 2 | ||||||||||
$5.05 Billion | $9.79 Billion | $5.71 Billion | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $2.13 Million | |||||||||
Jeffrey Cucunato | 5 | 4 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 1 | ||||||||||
$2.33 Billion | $510.0 Million | $555.6 Million | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $1.41 Milion | |||||||||
David Delbos | 29 | 25 | 116 | 0 | 0 | 5 | ||||||||||
$35.82 Billion | $10.67 Billion | $16.36 Billion | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $642.4 Million | |||||||||
Patrick Wolfe | 2 | 2 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||
$79.05 Million | $0.032 Million | $427.0 Million | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $0 | |||||||||
Eric Yuan | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||
$0.22 Million | $0 | $0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $0 |
Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview
The discussion below describes the portfolio managers’ compensation as of December 31, 2023.
BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock.
Base Compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their position with the firm.
Discretionary Incentive Compensation. Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. Among other things, BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to each portfolio manager’s compensation based on the performance of the funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks. Performance of fixed income funds is measured on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis over various time periods including 1-, 3- and 5- year periods, as applicable. With respect to these portfolio managers, such benchmarks for the Fund and other accounts are:
S-51
Portfolio Managers | Applicable Benchmarks | |
James Keenan David Delbos | A combination of market-based indices (e.g., The Bloomberg U.S. Corporate High Yield 2% Issuer Cap Index), certain customized indices and certain fund industry peer groups. | |
Jeffrey Cucunato | Bloomberg US Credit Index | |
Patrick Wolfe Eric Yuan | None |
Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation. Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash, deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards, and/or deferred cash awards that notionally track the return of certain BlackRock investment products.
Portfolio managers receive their annual discretionary incentive compensation in the form of cash. Portfolio managers whose total compensation is above a specified threshold also receive deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards annually as part of their discretionary incentive compensation. Paying a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in the form of deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods. In some cases, additional deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock may be granted to certain key employees as part of a long-term incentive award to aid in retention, align interests with long-term shareholders and motivate performance. Deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that vest pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan and, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. The portfolio managers for the Fund have deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards.
For certain portfolio managers, a portion of the discretionary incentive compensation is also distributed in the form of deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock investment products they manage, which provides direct alignment of portfolio manager discretionary incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash. Only portfolio managers who manage specified products and whose total compensation is above a specified threshold are eligible to participate in the deferred cash award program.
Other Compensation Benefits. In addition to base salary and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:
Incentive Savings Plans – BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock, Inc. employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 8% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $5,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation up to the Internal Revenue Service limit ($330,000 for 2023). The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies and collective investment funds managed by the firm. BlackRock, Inc. contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent participant investment direction, are invested into a target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock, Inc. common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock or a dollar value of $25,000 based on its fair market value on the purchase date. All of the eligible portfolio managers are eligible to participate in these plans.
Securities Ownership of Portfolio Managers
As of December 31, 2023, the end of the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year, the dollar range of securities beneficially owned by each portfolio manager in the Fund is shown below:
S-52
Portfolio Manager | Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned | |
James Keenan | Over $1,000,000 | |
Jeffrey Cucunato | $100,001 - $500,000 | |
David Delbos | $100,001 - $500,000 | |
Patrick Wolfe | $100,001 - $500,000 | |
Eric Yuan | $50,001 - $100,000 |
Portfolio Manager Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Fund, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Fund. In addition, BlackRock, Inc., its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, shareholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Fund. BlackRock, Inc., or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, shareholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Fund by BlackRock with respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock, Inc.’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock, Inc. or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Certain portfolio managers also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a fund. It should also be noted that Messrs. Keenan, Cucunato, Delbos, Wolfe and Yuan may be managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, or may be part of a team managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, subject to incentive fees. Messrs. Keenan, Cucunato, Delbos, Wolfe and Yuan may therefore be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such accounts.
As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock, Inc. has adopted policies that are intended to ensure reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base, as appropriate.
Proxy Voting Policies
The Board has delegated the voting of proxies for the Fund’s securities to the Advisor pursuant to the Advisor’s proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, the Advisor will vote proxies related to Fund securities in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. From time to time, a vote may present a conflict between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, or any affiliated person of the Fund or the Advisor, on the other. In such event, provided that the Advisor’s Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee, or a sub-committee thereof (the “Oversight Committee”) is aware of the real or potential conflict, if the matter to be voted on represents a material, non-routine matter and if the Oversight
S-53
Committee does not reasonably believe it is able to follow its general voting guidelines (or if the particular proxy matter is not addressed in the guidelines) and vote impartially, the Oversight Committee may retain an independent fiduciary to advise the Oversight Committee on how to vote or to cast votes on behalf of the Advisor’s clients. If the Advisor determines not to retain an independent fiduciary, or does not desire to follow the advice of such independent fiduciary, the Oversight Committee shall determine how to vote the proxy after consulting with the Advisor’s Portfolio Management Group and/or the Advisor’s Legal & Compliance Department and concluding that the vote cast is in its client’s best interest notwithstanding the conflict. A copy of the Closed-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy and BlackRock’s Global Principles are included as Appendix B to this SAI.
Information on how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge, (i) at www.blackrock.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
Codes of Ethics
The Fund and the Advisor have adopted a code of ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act and Rule 17j-1 thereunder. Each Code of Ethics establishes procedures for personal investing and restricts certain transactions. Employees subject to a Code of Ethics may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including making investments in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund. The Codes of Ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Copies of the Codes of Ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.
Other Information
BlackRock is independent in ownership and governance, with no single majority stockholder and a majority of independent directors.
DISTRIBUTION OF FUND SHARES
BlackRock Investments, LLC, located at 50 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001, acts as the distributor of the Fund’s Shares, pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, on a reasonable best efforts basis, subject to various conditions.
The Distribution Agreement will continue in effect with respect to the Fund for successive one-year periods, provided that each such continuance is specifically approved: (i) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Distribution Agreement or the Investment Management Agreement; and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the entire Board cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose.
Under the terms of the Multi-Class Exemptive Relief, the Fund is subject to Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act. The Fund has adopted a Multi-Class Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act. Under the Multi-Class Plan, Shares of each class of the Fund represent an equal pro rata interest in the Fund and, generally, have identical voting, dividend, liquidation, and other rights, preferences, powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications and terms and conditions, except that: (a) each class has a different designation; (b) each class of shares bears any class-specific expenses; and (c) each class shall have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class, and shall have exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to that class.
S-54
Distribution and Servicing Plan
Under the terms of the Multi-Class Exemptive Relief, the Fund is subject to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Fund has adopted the Distribution and Servicing Plan and intends to pay the Distribution and Servicing Fee under such plan. The Distribution and Servicing Plan operates in a manner consistent with Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act, which regulates the manner in which an open-end investment company may directly or indirectly bear the expenses of distributing its shares. The Distribution and Servicing Plan permits the Fund to compensate the Distributor for providing or procuring through financial firms, distribution, administrative, recordkeeping, shareholder and/or related services with respect to the Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares. Most or all of the distribution and/or service fees are paid to financial firms through which shareholders may purchase or hold Class A Shares, Class W Shares and/or Class U Shares. Because these fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets attributable to Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares on an ongoing basis, over time they will increase the cost of an investment in Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares, including causing the Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares to have a higher expense ratio, pay lower dividends and have a lower total return than Institutional Shares.
The maximum annual rates at which the Distribution and Servicing Fees may be paid under the Distribution and Servicing Plan (calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each of the Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares) is 0.75%. 0.25% of such fee is a shareholder servicing fee and the remaining portion is a distribution fee.
The fee payable pursuant to the Distribution and Servicing Plan may be used by the Distributor to provide or procure distribution services and shareholder services in respect of Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares (either directly or by procuring through other entities, including various financial services firms such as broker-dealers and registered investment advisors (“Service Organizations”)). Distribution services include some or all of the following services and facilities in connection with direct purchases by shareholders or in connection with products, programs or accounts offered by such Service Organizations: (i) facilities for placing orders directly for the purchase of a Fund’s shares; (ii) advertising with respect to Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares; (iii) providing information about the Fund; (iv) providing facilities to answer questions from prospective investors about the Fund; (v) receiving and answering correspondence, including requests for prospectuses and statements of additional information; (vi) preparing, printing and delivering prospectuses and shareholder reports to prospective shareholders; (vii) assisting investors in applying to purchase Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares and selecting dividend and other account options.
Shareholder services may include, but are not limited to, the following functions: (i) answering shareholder inquiries regarding account status and history, the manner in which purchases, exchanges and repurchases of Shares may be effected and certain other matters pertaining to the shareholders’ investments; (ii) receiving, aggregating and processing shareholder orders; (iii) furnishing shareholder sub-accounting; (iv) providing and maintaining elective shareholder services such as check writing and wire transfer services; (v) providing and maintaining pre-authorized investment plans; (vi) communicating periodically with shareholders; (vii) acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for shareholders; (viii) maintaining accounting records for shareholders; (ix) answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders about their accounts; (x) issuing confirmations for transactions by shareholders; (xi) performing similar account administrative services; (xii) providing such shareholder communications and recordkeeping services as may be required for any program for which a Service Organization is a sponsor that relies on Rule 3a-4 under the Investment Company Act (i.e., a “wrap fee” program); and (xiii) providing such other similar services as may reasonably be requested to the extent a Service Organization is permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules, or regulations. The distribution and/or servicing fee may be spent by the Distributor for the services rendered to holders of Class A Shares, Class W Shares and Class U Shares as set forth above, but will generally not be spent by the Distributor on recordkeeping charges, accounting expenses, transfer costs or custodian fees.
S-55
In accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act, the Distribution and Servicing Plan may not be amended to increase materially the costs which holders of Class A Shares, Class W Shares or Class U Shares may bear under the Distribution and Servicing Plan without approval of a majority of the outstanding Class A Shares, Class W Shares or Class U Shares, as applicable, and by vote of a majority of both: (i) the Trustees of the Fund; and (ii) those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution and Servicing Plan or any agreements related to it (the “Plan Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Distribution and Servicing Plan and any related amendments. The Distribution and Servicing Plan may not take effect until approved by a vote of a majority of both: (i) the Trustees of the Fund; and (ii) the Plan Trustees. The Distribution and Servicing Plan shall continue in effect so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Trustees and the Plan Trustees. The Distribution and Servicing Plan may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Plan Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Class A Shares, Class W Shares and/or Class U Shares, as applicable. Pursuant to the Distribution and Servicing Plan, the Board will be provided with quarterly reports of amounts expended under the Distribution and Servicing Plan and the purpose for which such expenditures were made.
FINRA rules limit the amount of distribution fees that may be paid by registered investment companies out of their assets as a percentage of total new gross sales. “Service fees,” defined to mean fees paid for providing shareholder services or the maintenance of accounts (but not transfer agency or sub-account services), are not subject to these limits on distribution fees. Some portion of the fees paid pursuant to the Distribution and Servicing Plan may qualify as “service fees” (or fees for ministerial, recordkeeping or administrative activities) and therefore will not be limited by FINRA rules which limit distribution fees as a percentage of total new gross sales. However, FINRA rules limit service fees to 0.25% of a fund’s average annual net assets.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the amount of the distribution and/or service fees paid by each share class of the Fund to the Distributor pursuant to the Distribution and Servicing Plan was as follows:
Class A | Class U | Class W | ||
$709,573 | $307,246 | $1,547 |
Additional Payments to Dealers
The Distributor may from time to time make payments and provide other incentives to Dealers as compensation for services such as providing the Fund with “shelf space” or a higher profile for the Dealers’ financial advisors and their customers, placing the Fund on the Dealers’ preferred or recommended fund list or otherwise identifying the Fund as being part of a complex to be accorded a higher degree of marketing support than complexes not making such payments, granting the Distributor access to the Dealers’ financial advisors (including through the firms’ intranet websites) in order to promote the Fund, promotions in communications with Dealers’ customers such as in the firms’ internet websites or in customer newsletters, providing assistance in training and educating the Dealers’ personnel, and furnishing marketing support and other specified services. The actual services provided, and any payments made for such services, may vary from firm to firm. These payments may be significant to the Dealers.
A number of factors will be considered in determining the amount of these additional payments to Dealers. On some occasions, such payments may be conditioned upon levels of sales, including the sale of a specified minimum dollar amount of the shares of the Fund and/or other funds sponsored by the Distributor together or a particular class of shares, during a specified period of time. The Distributor also may make payments to one or more Dealers based upon factors such as the amount of assets a Dealer’s clients have invested in the Fund and the quality of the Dealer’s relationship with the Distributor, the Advisor and/or their affiliates.
To the extent the additional payments described above are made, such additional payments would be made from the assets of the Distributor or an affiliate of the Distributor (and sometimes, therefore referred to as
S-56
“revenue sharing”) pursuant to agreements with Dealers and would not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of Shares or the amount the Fund will receive as proceeds from such sales. These payments may be made to Dealers (as selected by the Distributor) that have sold significant amounts of Shares.
In addition to revenue sharing payments, the Distributor may also make payments to Dealers in connection with certain transaction fees (also referred to as “ticket charges”) incurred by the Dealers.
The additional payments described above may be made to a Dealer as a fixed dollar amount or may be calculated on another basis.
In addition to the payments described above, the Distributor and/or the Advisor may make payments in connection with or reimburse Dealers’ sponsorship and/or attendance at conferences, seminars or informational meetings (“event support”), provide Dealers or their personnel with occasional tickets to events or other entertainment, meals and small gifts (“other non-cash compensation”) to the extent permitted by applicable law, rules and regulations.
In addition, wholesale representatives of the Distributor and employees of the Advisor or its affiliates visit Dealers on a regular basis to educate financial advisors and other personnel about the Fund and to encourage the sale or recommendation of Fund Shares to their clients. The Distributor and/or the Advisor may also provide (or compensate consultants or other third parties to provide) other relevant training and education to a Dealer’s financial advisors and other personnel. Although the Fund may use Dealers that sell Shares to effect transactions for the Fund’s portfolio, neither the Fund nor the Advisor will consider the sale of Fund shares as a factor when choosing Dealers to effect those transactions.
The Distributor also may make payments or reimbursements to Dealers or their affiliated companies, which may be used for the development, maintenance and availability of certain services including, but not limited to, platform education and communications, relationship management support, development to support new or changing products, trading platforms and related infrastructure/technology and/or legal risk management and regulatory compliance infrastructure in support of investment-related products, programs and services (collectively, “platform support”) or for various studies, surveys, industry data, research and access to information about, and contact information for, particular financial advisors who have sold, or may in the future sell, Shares of the Fund (i.e., “leads”). In addition, the Distributor may pay investment consultants or their affiliated companies for certain services including technology, operations, tax, or audit consulting services and may pay such firms for the Distributor’s attendance at investment forums sponsored by such firms (collectively, “consultant services”).
Payments for items including event support, platform support, leads and consultant services (but not including certain account services, discussed below), as well as revenue sharing, may be bundled and allocated among these categories in the Distributor’s discretion. The Dealers receiving such bundled payments may characterize or allocate the payments differently from the Distributor’s internal allocation.
In addition to the payments, reimbursements and incentives described above, further amounts may be paid to Dealers for providing services with respect to shareholders holding Fund Shares in nominee or street name, including, but not limited to, the following services: providing explanations and answering inquiries regarding the Fund and their accounts; providing recordkeeping and other administrative services, including preparing record date shareholder lists for proxy solicitation; maintaining records of and facilitating shareholder purchases and redemptions; processing and mailing transaction confirmations, periodic statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports, shareholder notices and other SEC-required communications to shareholders; providing periodic statements to certain benefit plans and participants in such plans of the Fund held for the benefit of each participant in the plan; processing, collecting and posting distributions to their accounts; issuing and mailing dividend checks to shareholders who have selected cash distributions; assisting in the establishment and maintenance of shareholder accounts; providing account designations and other information; capturing and
S-57
processing tax data; establishing and maintaining automatic withdrawals and automated investment plans and shareholder account registrations; providing sub-accounting services; providing recordkeeping services related to purchase and redemption transactions, including providing such information as may be necessary to assure compliance with applicable blue sky requirements; and performing similar administrative services as requested by the Advisor to the extent that the firm is permitted by applicable statute, rule or regulation to provide such information or services. The actual services provided, and the payments made for such services, vary from firm to firm.
These payments, taken together in the aggregate, may be material to Dealers relative to other compensation paid by the Fund and/or the Advisor and may be in addition to any (i) marketing support, revenue sharing or “shelf space” fees; and (ii) event support and other non-cash compensation. The additional servicing payments and set-up fees described above may vary from amounts paid to the Fund’s transfer agent for providing similar services to other accounts.
If investment advisers, distributors or affiliated persons of registered investment companies make payments and provide other incentives in differing amounts, Dealers and their financial advisors may have financial incentives for recommending a particular fund over other funds. In addition, depending on the arrangements in place at any particular time, a Dealer and its financial advisors also may have a financial incentive for recommending a particular share class, to the extent applicable, over other share classes. Because Dealers and plan recordkeepers may be paid varying amounts per class for sub-accounting and related recordkeeping services, the service requirements of which also may vary by class, this may create an additional incentive for Dealers and their financial advisors to favor one fund complex over another or one fund share class over another, to the extent applicable. You should review carefully any disclosure by the Dealers or plan recordkeepers as to their compensation.
In certain circumstances, the Distributor or its affiliates may pay or reimburse Dealers for distribution and/or shareholder services out of the Distributor’s or its affiliates’ own assets. Such activities by the Distributor or its affiliates may provide incentives to Dealers to purchase or market Shares of the Fund. Additionally, these activities may give the Distributor or its affiliates additional access to sales representatives of such Dealers, which may increase sales of Fund Shares. The payments described in this paragraph may be significant to payors and payees.
As of March 28, 2024, the Dealers listed below, and, in some cases, certain of the Dealers’ affiliates, may be receiving one or more types of additional payments discussed above. This list may change over time, and BlackRock may pay Dealers or their affiliates other types of additional payments in the future. Please contact your Dealer to determine whether it or its affiliate currently may be receiving such additional payments and to obtain further information regarding any such payments.
Cadaret Grant & Co., Inc.
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC
CUSO Financial Services, L.P.
Equitable Advisors, LLC
Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC
Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company LLC
LPL Financial LLC
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
MSCS Financial Services Division of Broadridge Business Process Outsourcing, LLC
National Financial Services LLC
NEXT Financial Group, Inc.
Pershing, LLC
Snyder Kearney LLC
S-58
Sorrento Pacific Financial LLC
TD Ameritrade, Inc.
UBS Financial Services, Inc.
Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
Subject to policies established by the Board, BlackRock is primarily responsible for the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage. BlackRock does not execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but seeks to obtain the best net results for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While BlackRock generally seeks reasonable trade execution costs, the Fund does not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available, and payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions. Subject to applicable legal requirements, BlackRock may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to BlackRock and its clients, including the Fund. In return for such services, BlackRock may cause the Fund to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if BlackRock determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.
In selecting brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions, the Advisor seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Fund, taking into account a variety of factors including: (i) the size, nature and character of the security or instrument being traded and the markets in which it is purchased or sold; (ii) the desired timing of the transaction; (iii) BlackRock’s knowledge of the expected commission rates and spreads currently available; (iv) the activity existing and expected in the market for the particular security or instrument, including any anticipated execution difficulties; (v) the full range of brokerage services provided; (vi) the broker’s or dealer’s capital; (vii) the quality of research and research services provided; (viii) the reasonableness of the commission, dealer spread or its equivalent for the specific transaction; and (ix) BlackRock’s knowledge of any actual or apparent operational problems of a broker or dealer.
Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act,” and Section 28(e) thereof, “Section 28(e)”) permits an investment adviser, under certain circumstances and, if applicable, subject to the restrictions of the European Union’s (the “EU”) Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID II”), as described further below, to cause an account to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction that exceeds the amount another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the same transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by that broker or dealer. This includes commissions paid on riskless principal transactions under certain conditions. Brokerage and research services include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, including pricing and appraisal advice, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis, as well as the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental to securities transactions (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). BlackRock believes that access to independent investment research is beneficial to its investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the Fund.
BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may participate in client commission arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. BlackRock believes that research services obtained through soft dollar or commission sharing arrangements enhance its investment decision-making capabilities, thereby increasing the prospects for higher investment returns. BlackRock will engage only in soft dollar or commission sharing transactions that comply with the
S-59
requirements of Section 28(e) and MiFID II. Under MiFID II, EU investment managers, including BIL, pay for any research out of their own resources and not through soft dollars or commission sharing arrangements. BlackRock regularly evaluates the soft dollar products and services utilized, as well as the overall soft dollar and commission sharing arrangements to ensure that trades are executed by firms that are regarded as best able to execute trades for client accounts, while at the same time providing access to the research and other services BlackRock views as impactful to its trading results.
BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may utilize soft dollars and related services, including research (whether prepared by the broker-dealer or prepared by a third-party and provided to BlackRock by the broker-dealer) and execution or brokerage services within applicable rules and BlackRock’s policies to the extent that such permitted services do not compromise BlackRock’s ability to seek to obtain best execution. In this regard, the portfolio management investment and/or trading teams may consider a variety of factors, including the degree to which the broker-dealer: (a) provides access to company management; (b) provides access to their analysts; (c) provides meaningful/insightful research notes on companies or other potential investments; (d) facilitates calls on which meaningful or insightful ideas about companies or potential investments are discussed; (e) facilitates conferences at which meaningful or insightful ideas about companies or potential investments are discussed; or (f) provides research tools such as market data, financial analysis, and other third party related research and brokerage tools that aid in the investment process.
Research-oriented services for which BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, might pay with Fund commissions may be in written form or through direct contact with individuals and may include information as to particular companies or industries and securities or groups of securities, as well as market, economic, or institutional advice and statistical information, political developments and technical market information that assists in the valuation of investments. Except as noted immediately below, research services furnished by brokers may be used in servicing some or all client accounts and not all services may be used in connection with the Fund or account that paid commissions to the broker providing such services. In some cases, research information received from brokers by investment company management personnel, or personnel principally responsible for BlackRock’s individually managed portfolios, is not necessarily shared by and between such personnel. Any investment advisory or other fees paid by the Fund to BlackRock are not reduced as a result of BlackRock’s receipt of research services. In some cases, BlackRock may receive a service from a broker that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs BlackRock makes a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions, while BlackRock will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, BlackRock faces a potential conflict of interest, but BlackRock believes that its allocation procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that it appropriately allocates the anticipated use of such services to their research and non-research uses.
Effective January 3, 2018 under MiFID II, investment managers in the EU, including BIL, are no longer able to use soft dollars to pay for research from brokers. Investment managers in the EU are required to either pay for research out of their own profit and loss or agree with clients to have research costs paid by clients through research payment accounts that are funded out of execution commissions or by a specific client research charge, provided that the payments for research are unbundled from the payments for execution. MiFID II restricts the use of soft dollars by sub-advisers to the Fund located in the EU, such as BIL, if applicable. BIL will pay for any research out of its own resources and not through soft dollars or commission sharing arrangements.
Payments of commissions to brokers who are affiliated persons of the Fund will be made in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the Investment Company Act.
From time to time, the Fund may purchase new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the broker may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide BlackRock with research services. FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the broker will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that
S-60
is higher than that available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).
BlackRock does not consider sales of shares of the investment companies it advises as a factor in the selection of brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund; however, whether or not a particular broker or dealer sells shares of the investment companies advised by BlackRock neither qualifies nor disqualifies such broker or dealer to execute transactions for those investment companies.
The Fund anticipates that its brokerage transactions involving foreign securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Fund in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the United States or Europe, as the case may be. American Depositary Receipts, like other securities traded in the United States, will be subject to negotiated commission rates.
The Fund may invest in certain securities traded in the OTC market and intends to deal directly with the dealers who make a market in the particular securities, except in those circumstances in which better prices and execution are available elsewhere. Under the Investment Company Act, persons affiliated with the Fund and persons who are affiliated with such affiliated persons are prohibited from dealing with the Fund as principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless a permissive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. Since transactions in the OTC market usually involve transactions with the dealers acting as principal for their own accounts, the Fund will not deal with affiliated persons in connection with such transactions. However, an affiliated person of the Fund may serve as its broker in OTC transactions conducted on an agency basis provided that, among other things, the fee or commission received by such affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the fee or commission received by non-affiliated brokers in connection with comparable transactions.
OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Fund will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.
Purchases of money market instruments by the Fund are made from dealers, underwriters and issuers. The Fund does not currently expect to incur any brokerage commission expense on such transactions because money market instruments are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission. The price of the security, however, usually includes a profit to the dealer.
Securities purchased in underwritten offerings include a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. When securities are purchased or sold directly from or to an issuer, no commissions or discounts are paid.
The Advisor may seek to obtain an undertaking from issuers of commercial paper or dealers selling commercial paper to consider the repurchase of such securities from the Fund prior to maturity at their original cost plus interest (sometimes adjusted to reflect the actual maturity of the securities), if it believes that the Fund’s anticipated need for liquidity makes such action desirable. Any such repurchase prior to maturity reduces the possibility that the Fund would incur a capital loss in liquidating commercial paper, especially if interest rates have risen since acquisition of such commercial paper.
Investment decisions for the Fund and for other investment accounts managed by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisors, as applicable, are made independently of each other in light of differing conditions. The Advisor
S-61
or the Sub-Advisors, as applicable, allocate investments among client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. A variety of factors will be considered in making such allocations. These factors include: (i) investment objectives or strategies for particular accounts, including sector, industry, country or region and capitalization weightings, (ii) tax considerations of an account, (iii) risk or investment concentration parameters for an account, (iv) supply or demand for a security at a given price level, (v) size of available investment, (vi) cash availability and liquidity requirements for accounts, (vii) regulatory restrictions, (viii) minimum investment size of an account, (ix) relative size of account, and (x) such other factors as may be approved by BlackRock. Moreover, investments may not be allocated to one client account over another based on any of the following considerations: (i) to favor one client account at the expense of another, (ii) to generate higher fees paid by one client account over another or to produce greater performance compensation to BlackRock, (iii) to develop or enhance a relationship with a client or prospective client, (iv) to compensate a client for past services or benefits rendered to BlackRock or to induce future services or benefits to be rendered to BlackRock, or (v) to manage or equalize investment performance among different client accounts.
Equity securities will generally be allocated among client accounts within the same investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro-rata allocation may result in the Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-ration had not occurred. All allocations of equity securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In addition, allocations to the Fund, particularly with respect to certain privately placed equity securities sourced by BCIA (or its controlled subsidiaries), may be limited by criteria established by the Board under the Co-Investment Order.
Initial public offerings of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When BlackRock is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to BlackRock’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. Initial public offerings of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the initial public offering will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BlackRock to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.
Because different accounts may have differing investment objectives and policies, BlackRock may buy and sell the same securities at the same time for different clients based on the particular investment objectives, guidelines and strategies of those accounts. For example, BlackRock may decide that it may be entirely appropriate for a growth fund to sell a security at the same time a value fund is buying that security. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of BlackRock or its affiliates during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price. For example, sales of a security by BlackRock on behalf of one or more of its clients may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Fund or other clients or funds for which BlackRock or an affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.
In certain instances, BlackRock may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts. In general, all
S-62
contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Fund is concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Fund. Transactions effected by BlackRock on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.
The Fund will not purchase securities during the existence of any underwriting or selling group relating to such securities of which BlackRock, the Distributor or any affiliated person (as defined in the Investment Company Act) thereof is a member except pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board in accordance with Rule 10f-3 under the Investment Company Act. In no instance will portfolio securities be purchased from or sold to the BlackRock, the Distributor or any affiliated person of the foregoing entities except as permitted by SEC exemptive order or by applicable law.
While the Fund generally does not expect to engage in trading for short-term gains, it will effect portfolio transactions without regard to any holding period if, in Fund management’s judgment, such transactions are advisable in light of a change in circumstances of a particular company or within a particular industry or in general market, economic or financial conditions. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of the Fund’s annual sales or purchases of portfolio securities (exclusive of purchases or sales of U.S. Government securities and all other securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less) by the monthly average value of the securities in the portfolio during the year. A high rate of portfolio turnover results in certain tax consequences, such as increased capital gain dividends and/or ordinary income dividends, and in correspondingly greater transaction costs in the form of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions, which are borne directly by the Fund.
Information about the brokerage commissions paid by the Fund, including commissions paid to affiliates is set forth in the following table:
Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid | Commissions Paid to Affiliates | |||||||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2023 | $ | 112,726 | $ | 0 | ||||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2022 | $ | 103,624 | $ | 0 | ||||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021 | $ | 168,088 | $ | 0 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the brokerage commissions paid to affiliates by the Fund represented 0% of the aggregate brokerage commissions paid and involved 0% of the dollar amount of transactions involving payment of commissions during the period.
The following table shows the dollar amount of brokerage commissions paid to brokers for providing third-party research services and the approximate dollar amount of the transactions involved for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. The provision of third-party research services was not necessarily a factor in the placement of all brokerage business with such brokers.
Amount of Commissions Paid to Brokers for | Amount of Brokerage Transactions Involved | |||
$0 | $ | 0 |
S-63
As of December 31, 2023, the value of the Fund’s holdings of the securities of its “regular brokers or dealers” (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Investment Company Act) if any portion of such holdings were purchased during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, is as follows:
Regular Broker-Dealer | Debt (D) / Equity (E) | Aggregate Holdings (000’s) | ||||||
Barclays PLC | D | $ | 5,603 | |||||
UBS Group AG | D | $ | 2,071 | |||||
BNP Paribas | D | $ | 1,073 | |||||
Citigroup Inc. | D | $ | 1,066 |
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Certain activities of BlackRock, Inc., BlackRock Advisors, LLC, BlackRock Fund Advisors and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers or employees, with respect to the Fund and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.
BlackRock is one of the world’s largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed income securities, cash and alternative investments, and other financial services, and have interests other than that of managing the Fund. These are considerations of which investors in the Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial and other relationships with, or interests in companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Fund.
BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund’s transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.
When BlackRock seeks to purchase or sell the same assets for client accounts, including the Fund, the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among the accounts on a basis determined in its good faith discretion to be equitable. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the size or price of the assets purchased or sold for the Fund. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more other accounts managed by BlackRock may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of the Fund, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to small capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur with respect to BlackRock-advised accounts when investment decisions regarding the Fund are based on research or other information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for the Fund, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Fund receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could
S-64
be increased or the Fund could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause the Fund to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.
Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Fund may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by the Fund may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by the Fund may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds.
BlackRock, on behalf of other client accounts, on the one hand, and the Fund, on the other hand, may invest in or extend credit to different parts of the capital structure of a single issuer. BlackRock may pursue rights, provide advice or engage in other activities, or refrain from pursuing rights, providing advice or engaging in other activities, on behalf of other clients with respect to an issuer in which the Fund has invested, and such actions (or refraining from action) may have a material adverse effect on the Fund. In situations in which clients of BlackRock (including the Fund) hold positions in multiple parts of the capital structure of an issuer, BlackRock may not pursue certain actions or remedies that may be available to the Fund, as a result of legal and regulatory requirements or otherwise. BlackRock addresses these and other potential conflicts of interest based on the facts and circumstances of particular situations. For example, BlackRock may determine to rely on information barriers between different business units or portfolio management teams. BlackRock may also determine to rely on the actions of similarly situated holders of loans or securities rather than, or in connection with, taking such actions itself on behalf of the Fund.
In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund may invest its assets in other funds advised by BlackRock, including funds that are managed by one or more of the same portfolio managers, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to asset allocation, timing of Fund purchases and redemptions, and increased remuneration and profitability for BlackRock and/or its personnel, including portfolio managers.
In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Fund, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Fund, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party’s investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Fund. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions.
BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which the Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Fund’s investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.
The results of the Fund’s investment activities may differ significantly from the results achieved by BlackRock for its proprietary accounts or other accounts (including investment companies or collective investment vehicles) that it manages or advises. It is possible that one or more accounts managed or advised by BlackRock and such other accounts will achieve investment results that are substantially more or less favorable than the results achieved by the Fund. Moreover, it is possible that the Fund will sustain losses during periods in which one or more proprietary or other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock achieve significant profits. The opposite result is also possible.
From time to time, the Fund may be restricted from purchasing or selling securities, or from engaging in other investment activities because of regulatory, legal or contractual requirements applicable to BlackRock or
S-65
other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock, and/or the internal policies of BlackRock designed to comply with such requirements. As a result, there may be periods, for example, when BlackRock will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which BlackRock is performing services or when position limits have been reached. For example, the investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and accounts under its management may limit the investment opportunities for the Fund in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.
In connection with its management of the Fund, BlackRock may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by BlackRock. BlackRock will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of the Fund in accordance with such analysis and models. In addition, BlackRock will not have any obligation to make available any information regarding its proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Fund and it is not anticipated that BlackRock will have access to such information for the purpose of managing the Fund. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of BlackRock or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by BlackRock or other client accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by BlackRock in managing the Fund.
In addition, certain principals and certain employees of the Fund’s investment adviser are also principals or employees of other business units or entities within BlackRock. As a result, these principals and employees may have obligations to such other business units or entities or their clients and such obligations to other business units or entities or their clients may be a consideration of which investors in the Fund should be aware.
BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of the Fund in which clients of BlackRock, or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock, serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party’s interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by the Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.
BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for its clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments of which may be those in which the Fund invests or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Markit Indices Limited, the index provider for underlying fixed-income indexes used by certain iShares ETFs, related to derivative fixed-income products that are based on such iShares ETFs. BlackRock will receive certain payments for licensing intellectual property belonging to BlackRock and for facilitating provision of data in connection with such derivative products, which may include payments based on the trading volumes of, or revenues generated by, the derivative products. The Fund and other accounts managed by BlackRock may from time to time transact in such derivative products where permitted by the Fund’s investment strategy, which could contribute to the viability of such derivative products by making them more appealing to funds and accounts managed by third parties, and in turn lead to increased payments to BlackRock. Trading activity in these derivative products could also potentially lead to greater liquidity for such products, increased purchase activity with respect to these iShares ETFs and increased assets under management for BlackRock.
The Fund may, subject to applicable law, purchase investments that are the subject of an underwriting or other distribution by BlackRock and may also enter into transactions with other clients of BlackRock where such other clients have interests adverse to those of the Fund.
At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arms-length basis.
S-66
To the extent authorized by applicable law, BlackRock may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for the Fund. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by BlackRock will be in its view commercially reasonable, although BlackRock, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to BlackRock and such sales personnel, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund.
Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.
When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Fund, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund. The Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund’s own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with the Fund’s establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund’s counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund’s creditworthiness.
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BIM”), an affiliate of BlackRock, pursuant to SEC exemptive relief, acts as securities lending agent to, and receives a share of securities lending revenues from, the Fund. BlackRock will also receive compensation for managing the reinvestment of the cash collateral from securities lending. There are potential conflicts of interests in managing a securities lending program, including but not limited to: (i) BlackRock as securities lending agent may have an incentive to, among other things, increase or decrease the amount of securities on loan or to lend particular securities in order to generate additional risk-adjusted revenue for BlackRock and its affiliates; and (ii) BlackRock as securities lending agent may have an incentive to allocate loans to clients that would provide more revenue to BlackRock. As described further below, BlackRock seeks to mitigate this conflict by providing its securities lending clients with equal lending opportunities over time in order to approximate pro-rata allocation.
As part of its securities lending program, BlackRock indemnifies the Fund and certain other clients and/or funds against a shortfall in collateral in the event of borrower default. On a regular basis, BlackRock calculates the potential dollar exposure of collateral shortfall resulting from a borrower default (“shortfall risk”) in the securities lending program. BlackRock establishes program-wide borrower limits (“credit limits”) to actively manage borrower-specific credit exposure. BlackRock oversees the risk model that calculates projected collateral shortfall values using loan-level factors such as loan and collateral type and market value as well as specific borrower credit characteristics. When necessary, BlackRock may adjust securities lending program attributes by restricting eligible collateral or reducing borrower credit limits. As a result, the management of program-wide exposure as well as BlackRock-specific indemnification exposure may affect the amount of securities lending activity BlackRock may conduct at any given point in time by reducing the volume of lending opportunities for certain loans (including by asset type, collateral type and/or revenue profile).
BlackRock uses a predetermined systematic process in order to approximate pro-rata allocation over time. In order to allocate a loan to a portfolio: (i) BlackRock as a whole must have sufficient lending capacity pursuant to the various program limits (i.e. indemnification exposure limit and borrower credit limits); (ii) the lending portfolio must hold the asset at the time a loan opportunity arrives; and (iii) the lending portfolio must also have enough inventory, either on its own or when aggregated with other portfolios into one single market delivery, to satisfy the loan request. In doing so, BlackRock seeks to provide equal lending opportunities for all portfolios, independent of whether BlackRock indemnifies the portfolio. Equal opportunities for lending portfolios does not guarantee equal outcomes. Specifically, short and long-term outcomes for individual clients may vary due to asset mix, asset/liability spreads on different securities, and the overall limits imposed by the firm.
S-67
BlackRock may decline to make a securities loan on behalf of the Fund, discontinue lending on behalf of the Fund or terminate a securities loan on behalf of the Fund for any reason, including but not limited to regulatory requirements and/or market rules, liquidity considerations, or credit considerations, which may impact the Fund by reducing or eliminating the volume of lending opportunities for certain types of loans, loans in particular markets, loans of particular securities or types of securities, or for loans overall.
Purchases and sales of securities and other assets for the Fund may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other BlackRock client accounts, including with accounts that pay different transaction costs solely due to the fact that they have different research payment arrangements. BlackRock, however, is not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable or required, or in cases involving client direction.
Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.
As discussed in the section entitled “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” in this SAI, BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may cause the Fund or account to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction that exceeds the amount another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the same transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by that broker or dealer. Under the European Union’s (the “EU”) Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID II”), EU investment managers, including BlackRock International Limited (“BIL”) which acts as a sub-adviser to the Fund, will pay for research from brokers and dealers directly out of their own resources, rather than through client commissions.
Subject to applicable law, BlackRock may select brokers that furnish BlackRock, the Fund, other BlackRock client accounts or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in BlackRock’s view, appropriate assistance to BlackRock in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed-price offerings and OTC transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; research-oriented software and other services and products.
Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing any or all of the Fund and other BlackRock client accounts, including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client accounts relative to the Fund based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Fund and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself.
BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion
S-68
of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.
BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.
BlackRock owns a minority interest in, and is a member of, Members Exchange (“MEMX”), a newly created U.S. stock exchange. Transactions for a Fund may be executed on MEMX if third party brokers select MEMX as the appropriate venue for execution of orders placed by BlackRock traders on behalf of client portfolios.
BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Fund, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock’s fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see Appendix B.
It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund’s expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to redeem at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts. A large redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investment flexibility, portfolio diversification and expense ratio. BlackRock seeks to consider the effect of redemptions on the Fund and other shareholders in deciding whether to redeem its shares but is not obligated to do so and may elect not to do so.
It is possible that the Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. The Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for the Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock, in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit the Fund’s flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.
BlackRock and its Affiliates and their personnel may receive greater compensation or greater profit in connection with an account for which BlackRock serves as an adviser than with an account advised by an unaffiliated investment adviser. Differentials in compensation may be related to the fact that BlackRock may pay a portion of its advisory fee to its Affiliate, or relate to compensation arrangements, including for portfolio management, brokerage transactions or account servicing. Any differential in compensation may create a
S-69
financial incentive on the part of BlackRock or its Affiliates and their personnel to recommend BlackRock over unaffiliated investment advisers or to effect transactions differently in one account over another.
BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients’ accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund’s pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund’s pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund’s pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund’s pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.
As disclosed in more detail in “Net Asset Value” in the prospectus, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, BlackRock has been designated as the Fund’s valuation designee pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the Investment Company Act and acts through BlackRock’s Rule 2a-5 Committee (the “2a-5 Committee”), with assistance from other BlackRock pricing committees and in accordance with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the 2a-5 Committee seeks to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s net asset value. As a result, the Fund’s sale or repurchase of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the 2a-5 Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, the Fund, to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in the Fund bearing some additional expenses.
BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers, and employees of BlackRock that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BRIL and BlackRock each have adopted a Code of Ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund’s portfolio transactions. Each Code of Ethics is also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.
BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, the Fund, except that the Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the Investment Company Act engage in transactions with another fund or accounts that are affiliated with the Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Fund and/or BlackRock
S-70
by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for the Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or the Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of the Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock’s internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of the Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Fund may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.
The investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Fund. For example, in certain circumstances where the Fund invests in securities issued by companies that operate in certain regulated industries, in certain emerging or international markets, or are subject to corporate or regulatory ownership restrictions, or invest in certain futures and derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount invested by BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and for client accounts (including the Fund) that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent, or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Fund or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions. If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of BlackRock on behalf of clients (including the Fund) to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, BlackRock on behalf of its clients (including the Fund) may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict, forgo or limit the exercise of rights (including transferring, outsourcing or limiting voting rights or forgoing the right to receive dividends) when BlackRock, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate in light of potential regulatory or other restrictions on ownership or other consequences resulting from reaching investment thresholds.
In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. When ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer’s weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage the Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.
In addition to the foregoing, other ownership thresholds may trigger reporting requirements to governmental and regulatory authorities, and such reports may entail the disclosure of the identity of a client or BlackRock’s intended strategy with respect to such security or asset.
BlackRock may maintain securities indices. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Fund may seek to license and use such indices as part of their investment strategy. Index based funds that seek to track the performance of securities indices also may use the name of the index or index provider in the fund name. Index providers, including BlackRock (to the extent permitted by applicable law), may be paid licensing fees for use of
S-71
their index or index name. BlackRock is not obligated to license its indices to the Fund and the Fund is under no obligation to use BlackRock indices. The Fund cannot be assured that the terms of any index licensing agreement with BlackRock will be as favorable as those terms offered to other licensees.
BlackRock may enter into contractual arrangements with third-party service providers to the Fund (e.g., custodians, administrators and index providers) pursuant to which BlackRock receives fee discounts or concessions in recognition of BlackRock’s overall relationship with such service providers. BlackRock may also enter into contractual arrangements with such service providers pursuant to which BlackRock incurs additional costs if the service provider’s services are terminated with respect to the Fund. To the extent that BlackRock is responsible for paying service providers out of its fees that it receives from the Fund, the benefits of lower fees, including any fee discounts or concessions, or any additional savings, may accrue, in whole or in part, to BlackRock, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to the use or termination of service providers to the Fund. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise with respect to contractual arrangements with third-party service providers to the Fund, or the selection of such providers, particularly in circumstances where BlackRock is negotiating on behalf of both funds that have a unitary management fee and those that do not or different service providers have different fee structures.
Conflicts of interest may arise as a result of simultaneous investment management of multiple client accounts by the BlackRock’s investment professionals. For example, differences in the advisory fee structure may create the appearance of actual or potential conflicts of interest because such differences could create pecuniary incentives for BlackRock to favor one client account over another.
BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by the Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund’s service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.
BlackRock’s receipt of fees from a service provider in connection with the use of systems provided by BlackRock may create an incentive for BlackRock to recommend that the Fund enter into or renew an arrangement with the service provider.
In recognition of a BlackRock client’s overall relationship with BlackRock, BlackRock may offer special pricing arrangements for certain services provided by BlackRock. Any such special pricing arrangements will not affect Fund fees and expenses applicable to such client’s investment in the Fund.
Present and future activities of BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
Other Shares
The Board (subject to applicable law and the Fund’s Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering, without the approval of the holders of Shares and, depending on their terms, any Preferred Shares outstanding at that time, of other classes of shares, or other classes or series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Board sees fit. The Fund currently does not expect to issue any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the Shares.
S-72
TAX MATTERS
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences generally applicable to a shareholder of holding and disposing of Shares of the Fund. The discussion reflects applicable income tax laws of the United States as of the date of this SAI, which income tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) retroactively or prospectively. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders (including shareholders subject to special provisions of the Code, including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, common shareholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, a controlled foreign corporation or a passive foreign investment company, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark-to-market treatment, or persons that will hold Shares as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for federal income tax purposes), and the discussions set forth here do not constitute tax advice. If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships that hold Shares and partners in such a partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Shares. Except as expressly provided otherwise, this discussion assumes that you are a taxable U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that you hold Shares of the Fund as capital assets (generally, for investment). The Fund has not sought and will not seek any ruling from the IRS regarding any matters discussed herein. No assurances can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to those set forth below. This summary does not discuss any aspects of foreign, state or local tax. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences (including the alternative minimum tax consequences) of acquiring, holding and disposing of the Fund’s shares, as well as the effects of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.
Taxation of the Fund
The Fund has elected to be treated and to qualify to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify as a RIC, the Fund must, among other things, satisfy certain requirements relating to the source of its income, diversification of its assets, and distributions of its income to its shareholders. First, the Fund must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code) (the “90% gross income test”). Second, the Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of its total assets is comprised of cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or two or more issuers controlled by the Fund and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.”
As long as the Fund qualifies as a RIC, the Fund will generally not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that in such taxable year it distributes at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” (which includes, among other items, dividends, taxable interest, taxable original issue discount and market discount income, income from securities lending, net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain” (as defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income over certain disallowed deductions), if any. The Fund may retain for
S-73
investment its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). However, if the Fund retains any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained.
To avoid a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax, the Fund must distribute by December 31 of each calendar year the sum of at least 98% of its taxable ordinary income for such year, at least 98.2% of its capital gain net income (the excess of its capital gains over its capital losses, generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid U.S. federal income tax. The Fund intends to make timely distributions in compliance with these requirements, and consequently it is anticipated that it generally will not be required to pay the excise tax, although no assurances can be given in this regard.
If in any taxable year the Fund should fail to qualify under Subchapter M of the Code for tax treatment as a RIC, the Fund would incur a regular corporate U.S. federal income tax upon all of its taxable income for that year, and all distributions to its shareholders (including distributions of tax-exempt interest income or net capital gain) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. In addition, to qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund would be required to distribute to shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of five years. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Fund qualifies for taxation as a RIC.
The Fund’s Investments
Certain of the Fund’s investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain or qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert tax-exempt income into taxable income, (iv) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (v) cause the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (vi) adversely affect when taxable income must be recognized or the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vii) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions or (viii) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test. Although the Fund intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these provisions, no assurances can be made that the Fund will be able to do so.
The Fund may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade securities, commonly known as “junk” securities. Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether modifications or exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues could affect the Fund’s ability to distribute sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC or to avoid the imposition of U.S. federal income or excise tax.
Certain debt securities acquired by the Fund may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in
S-74
taxable income (and required to be distributed by the Fund to qualify as a RIC and avoid U.S. federal income tax or the 4% excise tax on undistributed income) over the term of the security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures.
If the Fund purchases a debt security on a secondary market at a price lower than its adjusted issue price, the excess of the adjusted issue price over the purchase price is “market discount.” Unless the Fund makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, generally, any gain realized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, such a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on the debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments. If the Fund ultimately collects less on the debt instrument than its purchase price plus the market discount previously included in income, the Fund may not be able to benefit from any offsetting loss deductions.
The Fund may invest in preferred securities or other investments the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such investments or the income from such investments differs from the tax treatment expected by the Fund, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Fund, potentially requiring the Fund to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs under the Code.
Gain or loss on the sale of securities, including tax-exempt municipal securities, by the Fund will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Fund for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
Because the Fund may invest in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. The Fund does not expect that it will be eligible to elect to “pass through” to common shareholders of the Fund the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid by the Fund with respect to qualifying taxes.
Foreign currency gain or loss on foreign currency exchange contracts, non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities contracts, and non-U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts, options and forward contracts that are not section 1256 contracts (as defined below) generally will be treated as ordinary income and loss.
Income from options on individual securities written by the Fund will generally not be recognized by the Fund for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Fund’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise, the premiums received by the Fund from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If the Fund enters into a closing transaction, the difference between the premiums received and the amount paid by the Fund to close out its position will generally be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. If an option written by the Fund is exercised, thereby requiring the Fund to sell the underlying security, the premium will increase the amount realized upon the sale of the security, and the character of any gain on such sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Fund in the underlying security.
Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Fund will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Fund to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Fund may be
S-75
required to dispose of investments to meet its distribution requirements. “Mark-to-market” losses may be suspended or otherwise limited if such losses are part of a straddle or similar transaction.
Taxation of Shareholders
The Fund will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to a corporate income tax on such retained amount. In that event, the Fund expects to report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its common shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Shares by the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income less the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).
Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its net capital gain, if any, that the Fund properly reports as capital gain dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Fund (including dividends from net short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. Provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met, ordinary income dividends (if properly reported by the Fund) may qualify (i) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders to the extent that the Fund’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations, (ii) in the case of individual shareholders, as “qualified dividend income” eligible to be taxed at long-term capital gains rates to the extent that the Fund receives qualified dividend income, and (iii) in the case of individual shareholders, as “section 199A dividends” eligible for a 20% “qualified business income” deduction in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026 to the extent the Fund receives ordinary REIT dividends, reduced by allocable Fund expenses. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations (e.g., generally, foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a qualifying comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or whose stock with respect to which such dividend is paid is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). There can be no assurance as to what portion, if any, of the Fund’s distributions will constitute qualified dividend income.
Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Shares. The amount of any Fund distribution that is treated as a return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Shares.
Common shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital losses. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, common shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional Shares of the Fund. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to common shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Fund’s taxable year may be “spilled back” and
S-76
treated as paid by the Fund (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.
The price of Shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing Shares just prior to the record date for a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents, economically, a return of invested capital.
The Fund will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund.
Subject to the discussion of repurchases below, the sale or other disposition of Shares will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
The repurchase of Shares through a periodic repurchase offer will be a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, either as a “sale or exchange,” or under certain circumstances, as a “dividend.” In general, the transaction should be treated as a sale or exchange of shares if the receipt of cash (a) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the shareholder, (b) results in a “complete redemption” of the shareholder’s interest, or (c) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the shareholder. A “substantially disproportionate” distribution generally requires a reduction of at least 20% in the shareholder’s proportionate interest in the Fund and also requires the shareholder to own less than 50% of the voting power of all classes of the Fund entitled to vote immediately after the repurchase. A “complete redemption” of a shareholder’s interest generally requires that all shares of the Fund owned by such shareholder be disposed of. A distribution “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” requires that there be a “meaningful reduction” in the shareholder’s proportionate interest in the Fund, which should result if the shareholder has a minimal interest in the Fund, exercises no control over Fund affairs and suffers a reduction in his proportionate interest in the Fund. In determining whether any of these tests has been met, any Fund shares actually owned, as well as shares considered to be owned by the shareholder by reason of certain constructive ownership rules set forth in section 318 of the Code, generally must be taken into account.
If the repurchase of your Shares meets any of these three tests for “sale or exchange” treatment, you will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property received pursuant to the repurchase and the adjusted tax basis of the Shares sold. If none of the tests described above are met with respect to a repurchase, you may be treated as having received, in whole or in part, a dividend, return of capital or capital gain, depending on (i) whether there are sufficient earnings and profits to support a dividend and (ii) your tax basis in the relevant Shares. The tax basis in the Shares tendered to the Fund will be transferred to any remaining Shares held by you in the Fund. In addition, if the sale of Shares pursuant to the applicable repurchase is treated as a “dividend” to a tendering stockholder, a constructive dividend under certain provisions of the Code may result to a non-tendering shareholder whose proportionate interest in the earnings and assets of the Fund has been increased as a result of such tender.
Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a reduced maximum rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
S-77
Certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which includes dividends received from the Fund and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Fund’s stock.
The Fund generally expects to be treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, the Fund cannot assure you that it will be treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company” for all years. If the Fund is not treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company” for any taxable year, for purposes of computing the taxable income of U.S. shareholders that are individuals, trusts or estates, (i) the Fund’s earnings and profits will be computed without taking into account such U.S. shareholders’ allocable shares of the management fees paid by the Fund and certain other Fund expenses, (ii) each such U.S. shareholder will be treated as having received or accrued a dividend from the Fund in the amount of such U.S. shareholder’s allocable share of these fees and expenses for the year, (iii) each such U.S. shareholder will be treated as having paid or incurred such its allocable share of these fees and expenses for the year and (iv) each such U.S. shareholder’s allocable share of these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions by such U.S. shareholder. Miscellaneous itemized deductions are not deductible for taxable years that begin after December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026, and thereafter generally (i) will be deductible only to the extent that they exceed 2% of the adjusted gross income of the taxpayer, (ii) will not be deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax, and (iii) will be subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under Section 68 of the Code.
A common shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). In general, U.S. federal withholding tax and U.S. federal income tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distribution of net capital gain (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) or upon the sale or other disposition of Shares of the Fund. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Fund’s Shares.
Ordinary income dividends properly reported by a RIC are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the RIC’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, its U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the RIC is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the RIC’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the RIC’s net short-term capital gain over its long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its circumstances, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. To qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor needs to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or substitute Form). In the case of Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions would qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.
Separately, legislation commonly known as “FATCA,” and existing guidance issued thereunder require withholding at a rate of 30% on dividends in respect of common shares of the Fund held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments. Accordingly, the entity
S-78
through which common shares of the Fund is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of common shares of the Fund held by an investor that is a non-financial foreign entity that does not qualify under certain exemptions will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the applicable withholding agent will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements. The Fund will not pay any additional amounts to shareholders in respect of any amounts withheld. Foreign investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in the Fund’s Shares.
U.S. federal backup withholding tax may be required on dividends, distributions and sale proceeds payable to certain non-exempt common shareholders who fail to supply their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.
Ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends, and gain from the sale or other disposition of Shares of the Fund also may be subject to state, local, and/or foreign taxes. Common shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
***
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations presently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and the Fund’s shareholders. For complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and Treasury Regulations. The Code and the Treasury Regulations are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive with respect to Fund transactions. Holders of Shares are advised to consult their own tax advisors for more detailed information concerning the U.S. federal income taxation of the Fund and the income tax consequences to their holders of Shares.
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company (previously defined as “State Street”), whose principal business address is One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2016. The custodian is responsible for, among other things, receipt of and disbursement of funds from the Fund’s accounts, establishment of segregated accounts as necessary, and transfer, exchange and delivery of the Fund’s portfolio securities.
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc., whose principal business address is 301 Bellevue Parkway Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent with respect to the Shares.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Deloitte & Touche LLP, whose principal business address is 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund and is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Fund.
S-79
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
A control person is a person who beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. Prior to the public offering of the Shares, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BFM”), an affiliate of the Fund and the Advisor, purchased Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the Investment Company Act, which requires the Fund to have a net worth of at least $100,000 prior to making a public offering. As of April 8, 2024, BFM owns 21.49% of the outstanding Institutional Shares, 100% of the outstanding Class W Shares and less than 5% of the outstanding Class A Shares and Class U Shares of the Fund. This ownership will fluctuate as other investors subscribe for Shares and the Fund repurchases Shares in connection with quarterly repurchase offers. Depending on the size of this ownership, BFM may either control the Fund or be in a position to exercise a significant influence on the outcome of any matter put to a vote of investors. However, if the Fund is relying on its co-investment exemptive relief, during any period in which BFM (together with any other affiliate of the Advisor) holds greater than 25% of the Shares, BFM will be required to “mirror vote” its Shares in the same percentages as the Fund’s other shareholders when voting on the election or removal of Trustees or any other matters affecting the Board’s composition, size or manner of election. The address of BFM is 50 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001. BFM is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock.
No other persons owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s outstanding Shares as of April 8, 2024, except as noted below:
Name | Address | Class | Percentage of Class | |||||||
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Reinvest Account | 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, California 94104 | Institutional | 31.45 | % | ||||||
Pershing LLC | 1 Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399 | Institutional | 12.96 | % | ||||||
LPL Financial | 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, California 92121 | Institutional | 7.25 | % | ||||||
LPL Financial | 4707 Executive Drive San Diego, California 92121 | Class A | 7.22 | % | ||||||
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC For the Exclusive Benefit of its Customers | 1 New York Plaza Floor 12 New York, New York 10004 | Class U | 99.50 | % |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
S-80
APPENDIX A
Description of Bond Ratings
A rating is generally assigned to a fixed-income security at the time of issuance by a credit rating agency designated as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) by the SEC. While NRSROs may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings given to securities at issuance do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these securities on a particular subsequent date.
NRSROs may rate specific investments (e.g., bonds), issuers (e.g., corporations, governments and financial institutions) and/or programs (e.g., commercial paper programs). However, certain types of investments may not be rated by NRSROs, such as certain government/sovereign obligations, US agency securities, commercial paper, time deposits at financial institutions, and derivative instruments such as credit default swaps. For these types of investments, as well as US Treasury securities (some of which are not rated), where a NRSRO has not rated the specific investment but has rated the investment’s issuer, program, financial institution or underlying reference asset, BlackRock Advisors, LLC, BlackRock Fund Advisors or their respective affiliates (“BlackRock”) may consider the investment to have the same NRSRO rating as its issuer, program, financial institution or underlying reference asset, as applicable. In the case of municipal securities, where one NRSRO provides multiple ratings for the same security (e.g., “underlying,” “insured” and/or “enhanced” ratings), BlackRock may consider the security to have the highest of the multiple ratings.
New issue securities (regardless of type) may not be rated by a NRSRO at the time of their initial offering. Preliminary prospectuses or term sheets for new issue securities may include an expected rating for the security (as determined by the underwriter and/or issuer) or a NRSRO rating for the issuer of the security. If applicable, when deciding whether to purchase a new issue security that has not yet been rated by a NRSRO, BlackRock may attribute an expected rating to the security based on: (i) the expected rating of the security set forth in the preliminary prospectus or term sheet for the security; (ii) the NRSRO’s rating for the issuer of the security set forth in the preliminary prospectus or term sheet for the security; or (iii) with respect to asset-backed securities, the rating of a prior issuance having a similar structure or the same sponsor.
Where the investment objective of a fund is to track the performance of an index that includes credit ratings eligibility criteria as part of its index methodology, the fund may purchase any security within the index, such security having been determined by the index provider as meeting its credit ratings eligibility criteria. The credit ratings practices of an index provider may differ from BlackRock’s practices, as described above. Further, the fund may invest, directly or indirectly, in securities that are not rated by a rating agency or securities with a credit rating that differs from the credit rating specified in its index methodology in various circumstances, including where a security is downgraded but not yet removed from an index, following the removal of a security from an index prior to its sale by the fund or as a result of a corporate action or restructuring affecting an issuer of a security held by the fund.
Fixed-income securities which are unrated may expose the investor to risks with respect to capacity to pay interest or repay principal which are similar to the risks of lower-rated speculative bonds. Evaluation of these securities is dependent on BlackRock’s judgment, analysis and experience in the evaluation of such securities.
Investors should note that the assignment of a rating to a security by an NRSRO may not reflect the effect of recent developments on the issuer’s ability to make interest and principal payments or on the likelihood of default.
Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.
The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.
A-1
A Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s (“Moody’s”) Global Rating Scales
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Moody’s defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default or impairment. The contractual financial obligations addressed by Moody’s ratings are those that call for, without regard to enforceability, the payment of an ascertainable amount, which may vary based upon standard sources of variation (e.g., floating interest rates), by an ascertainable date. Moody’s rating addresses the issuer’s ability to obtain cash sufficient to service the obligation, and its willingness to pay. Moody’s ratings do not address non-standard sources of variation in the amount of the principal obligation (e.g., equity indexed), absent an express statement to the contrary in a press release accompanying an initial rating. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned for obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Moody’s issues ratings at the issuer level and instrument level on both the long-term scale and the short-term scale. Typically, ratings are made publicly available although private and unpublished ratings may also be assigned.
Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf) to all structured finance ratings. The addition of (sf) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspires to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.
Description of Moody’s Global Long-Term Rating Scale
Aaa | Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk. | |
Aa | Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. | |
A | Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. | |
Baa | Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. | |
Ba | Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk. | |
B | Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk. | |
Caa | Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk. | |
Ca | Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest. | |
C | Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest. |
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.
A-2
By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.
Description of Moody’s Global Short-Term Rating Scale
P-1 | Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations. | |
P-2 | Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations. | |
P-3 | Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations. | |
NP | Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories. |
Description of Moody’s U.S. Municipal Short-Term Debt and Demand Obligation Ratings
Description of Moody’s Short-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.
For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales discussed below.
Moody’s uses the MIG scale for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.
MIG Scale
MIG 1 | This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing. | |
MIG 2 | This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group. | |
MIG 3 | This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established. | |
SG | This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection. |
Description of Moody’s Demand Obligation Ratings
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon-demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG
A-3
scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.
Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.
VMIG Scale
VMIG 1 | This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. | |
VMIG 2 | This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. | |
VMIG 3 | This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. | |
SG | This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. |
Description of S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”), a Division of S&P Global Inc., Issue Credit Ratings
An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market, typically with an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. S&P would typically assign a long-term issue credit rating to an obligation with an original maturity of greater than 365 days. However, the ratings S&P assigns to certain instruments may diverge from these guidelines based on market practices. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:
• | The likelihood of payment—the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
• | The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise S&P imputes; and |
• | The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights. |
A-4
An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*
AAA | An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong. | |
AA | An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong. | |
A | An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong. | |
BBB | An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C | Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions. | |
BB | An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
B | An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
CCC | An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
CC | An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default. | |
C | An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher. | |
D | An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring. |
* Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.
A-5
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
A-1 | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong. | |
A-2 | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory. | |
A-3 | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
B | A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments. | |
C | A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
D | A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring. |
Description of S&P’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings
An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:
• | Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and |
• | Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note. |
S&P’s municipal short-term note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1 | Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation. | |
SP-2 | Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes. | |
SP-3 | Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest. | |
D | ‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. |
A-6
Description of Fitch Ratings’ (“Fitch’s”) Credit Ratings Scales
Fitch Ratings publishes opinions on a variety of scales. The most common of these are credit ratings, but the agency also publishes ratings, scores and other relative opinions relating to financial or operational strength. For example, Fitch also provides specialized ratings of servicers of residential and commercial mortgages, asset managers and funds. In each case, users should refer to the definitions of each individual scale for guidance on the dimensions of risk covered in each assessment.
Fitch’s credit ratings relating to issuers are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Credit ratings relating to securities and obligations of an issuer can include a recovery expectation. Credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested. The agency’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign financial, bank, insurance, and public finance entities (including supranational and sub-national entities) and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.
The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms investment grade and speculative grade are market conventions and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. Investment grade categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the speculative categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred.
For the convenience of investors, Fitch may also include issues relating to a rated issuer that are not and have not been rated on its web page. Such issues are also denoted as ‘NR’.
Credit ratings express risk in relative rank order, which is to say they are ordinal measures of credit risk and are not predictive of a specific frequency of default or loss. For information about the historical performance of ratings please refer to Fitch’s Ratings Transition and Default studies which detail the historical default rates and their meaning. The European Securities and Markets Authority also maintains a central repository of historical default rates.
Fitch’s credit ratings do not directly address any risk other than credit risk. In particular, ratings do not deal with the risk of a market value loss on a rated security due to changes in interest rates, liquidity and other market considerations. However, in terms of payment obligation on the rated liability, market risk may be considered to the extent that it influences the ability of an issuer to pay upon a commitment.
Ratings nonetheless do not reflect market risk to the extent that they influence the size or other conditionality of the obligation to pay upon a commitment (for example, in the case of index-linked bonds).
In the default components of ratings assigned to individual obligations or instruments, the agency typically rates to the likelihood of non-payment or default in accordance with the terms of that instrument’s documentation. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e. rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).
The primary credit rating scales can be used to provide a rating of privately issued obligations or certain note issuance programs or for private ratings. In this case the rating is not published, but only provided to the issuer or its agents in the form of a rating letter.
The primary credit rating scales may also be used to provide ratings for a more narrow scope, including interest strips and return of principal or in other forms of opinions such as credit opinions or rating assessment services. Credit opinions are either a notch-or category-specific view using the primary rating scale and omit one or more characteristics of a full rating or meet them to a different standard. Credit opinions will be indicated
A-7
using a lower case letter symbol combined with either an ‘*’ (e.g. ‘bbb+*’) or (cat) suffix to denote the opinion status. Credit opinions will be point-in-time typically but may be monitored if the analytical group believes information will be sufficiently available. Rating assessment services are a notch-specific view using the primary rating scale of how an existing or potential rating may be changed by a given set of hypothetical circumstances. While credit opinions and rating assessment services are point-in-time and are not monitored, they may have a directional watch or outlook assigned, which can signify the trajectory of the credit profile.
Description of Fitch’s Long-Term Corporate Finance Obligations Rating Scales
Ratings of individual securities or financial obligations of a corporate issuer address relative vulnerability to default on an ordinal scale. In addition, for financial obligations in corporate finance, a measure of recovery given default on that liability is also included in the rating assessment. This notably applies to covered bonds ratings, which incorporate both an indication of the probability of default and of the recovery given a default of this debt instrument. On the contrary, Ratings of debtor-in-possession (“DIP”) obligations incorporate the expectation of full repayment.
The relationship between the issuer scale and obligation scale assumes a generic historical average recovery. Individual obligations can be assigned ratings higher, lower, or the same as that entity’s issuer rating or issuer default rating (“IDR”), based on their relative ranking, relative vulnerability to default or based on explicit Recovery Ratings.
As a result, individual obligations of entities, such as corporations, are assigned ratings higher, lower, or the same as that entity’s issuer rating or IDR, except DIP obligation ratings that are not based off an IDR. At the lower end of the ratings scale, Fitch publishes explicit Recovery Ratings in many cases to complement issuer and obligation ratings.
Fitch long-term obligations rating scales are as follows:
AAA | Highest Credit Quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events. | |
AA | Very High Credit Quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events. | |
A | High Credit Quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings. | |
BBB | Good Credit Quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. | |
BB | Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. | |
B | Highly Speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present. | |
CCC | Substantial Credit Risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present. | |
CC | Very High Levels of Credit Risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk. | |
C | Exceptionally High Levels of Credit Risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk. |
A-8
Within rating categories, Fitch may use modifiers. The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories.
For example, the rating category ‘AA’ has three notch-specific rating levels (‘AA+’; ‘AA’; ‘AA–’; each a rating level). Such suffixes are not added to ‘AAA’ ratings and ratings below the ‘CCC’ category. For the short-term rating category of ‘F1’, a ‘+’ may be appended.
Description of Fitch’s Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Issuers and Obligations
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
Fitch short-term ratings are as follows:
F1 | Highest Short-Term Credit Quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature. | |
F2 | Good Short-Term Credit Quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. | |
F3 | Fair Short-Term Credit Quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate. | |
B | Speculative Short-Term Credit Quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions. | |
C | High Short-Term Default Risk. Default is a real possibility. | |
RD | Restricted Default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only. | |
D | Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation. |
A-9
APPENDIX B
Closed-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy
August 1, 2021
Effective Date: August 1, 2021
Last Review Date: August 25, 2023
Applies to the following types of Funds registered under the 1940 Act:
☐ | Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds) |
☐ | Money Market Funds Only |
☐ | iShares and BlackRock ETFs |
☒ | Closed-End Funds |
☐ | Other |
Objective and Scope
Set forth below is the Closed-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy.
Policy / Document Requirements and Statements
The Boards of Trustees/Directors (the “Directors”) of the closed-end funds advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock”) (the “Funds”) have the responsibility for the oversight of voting proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Funds, and have determined that it is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders to delegate that responsibility to BlackRock as part of BlackRock’s authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets, all as contemplated by the Funds’ respective investment management agreements.
BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock proxy voting guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.
BlackRock will cast votes on behalf of each of the Funds on specific proxy issues in respect of securities held by each such Fund in accordance with the BlackRock Proxy voting guidelines; provided, however, that in the case of underlying closed-end funds (including business development companies and other similarly-situated asset pools) held by the Funds that have, or are proposing to adopt, a classified board structure, BlackRock will typically (a) vote in favor of proposals to adopt classification and against proposals to eliminate classification, and (b) not vote against directors as a result of their adoption of a classified board structure.
BlackRock will report on an annual basis to the Directors on (1) a summary of the proxy voting process as applicable to the Funds in the preceding year together with a representation that all votes were in accordance with the BlackRock proxy voting guidelines (as modified pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph), and (2) any changes to the BlackRock proxy voting guidelines that have not previously been reported.
B-1
BlackRock
Investment
Stewardship
Global Principles
Effective as of January 2024
B-2
Contents
B-4 | ||||
B-4 | ||||
B-4 | ||||
B-5 | ||||
B-5 | ||||
B-8 | ||||
Capital structure, mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions | B-9 | |||
B-9 | ||||
B-10 | ||||
Other corporate governance matters and shareholder protections | B-13 | |||
B-13 | ||||
BlackRock’s oversight of its investment stewardship activities | B-14 | |||
B-14 | ||||
B-15 | ||||
B-16 | ||||
B-17 | ||||
B-18 | ||||
B-18 |
The purpose of this document is to provide an overarching explanation of BlackRock’s approach globally to our responsibilities as a shareholder on behalf of our clients, our expectations of companies, and our commitments to clients in terms of our own governance and transparency.
B-3
Introduction to BlackRock
BlackRock’s purpose is to help more and more people experience financial well-being. We manage assets on behalf of institutional and individual clients, across a full spectrum of investment strategies, asset classes, and regions. Our client base includes pension plans, endowments, foundations, charities, official institutions, insurers, and other financial institutions, as well as individuals around the world.
Philosophy on investment stewardship
As part of our fiduciary duty to our clients, we consider it one of our responsibilities to promote sound corporate governance as an informed, engaged shareholder on their behalf. At BlackRock, this is the responsibility of the BlackRock Investment Stewardship (BIS) team.
In our experience, sound governance is critical to the success of a company, the protection of investors’ interests, and long-term financial value creation. We take a constructive, long-term approach with companies and seek to understand how they are managing the drivers of risk and financial value creation in their business models. We have observed that well-managed companies will effectively evaluate and address risks and opportunities relevant to their businesses, which supports durable, long-term financial value creation. As one of many minority shareholders, BlackRock cannot – and does not try to – direct a company’s strategy or its implementation.
Shareholder rights
We believe that there are certain fundamental rights attached to shareholding. Shareholders should have the right to:
• | Elect, remove, and nominate directors, approve the appointment of the auditor, and amend the corporate charter or by-laws. |
• | Vote on key board decisions that are material to the protection of their investment, including but not limited to, changes to the purpose of the business, dilution levels and pre-emptive rights, and the distribution of income and capital structure. |
• | Access sufficient and timely information on material governance, strategic, and business matters to make informed decisions. |
In our view, shareholder voting rights should be proportionate to economic ownership—the principle of “one share, one vote” helps to achieve this balance.
Consistent with these shareholder rights, BlackRock monitors and provides feedback to companies in our role as stewards of our clients’ assets. Investment stewardship is how we use our voice as an investor to promote sound corporate governance and business practices that support the ability of companies to deliver long-term financial performance for our clients. We do this through engagement with companies, proxy voting on behalf of those clients who have given us authority, and participating in market-level dialogue to improve corporate governance standards.
Engagement is an important mechanism for providing feedback on company practices and disclosures, particularly where our observations indicate that they could be enhanced to support a company’s ability to deliver financial performance. Similarly, it provides us with an opportunity to hear directly from company boards and management on how they believe their actions are aligned with the long-term economic interests of shareholders. Engagement with companies may also inform our proxy voting decisions.
B-4
As a fiduciary, we vote in the long-term economic interests of our clients. Generally, we support the recommendations of the board of directors and management. However, there may be instances where we vote against the election of directors or other management proposals, or support shareholder proposals. For instance, we may vote against management recommendations where we are concerned that the board may not be acting in the long-term economic interests of shareholders, or disclosures do not provide sufficient information to assess how material, strategic risks and opportunities are being managed. Our regional proxy voting guidelines are informed by our market-specific approach and standards of corporate governance best practices.
Key themes
While accepted standards and norms of corporate governance can differ between markets, in our experience, there are certain globally-applicable fundamental elements of governance that contribute to a company’s ability to create long-term financial value for shareholders. These global themes are set out in this overarching set of principles (the “Principles”), which are anchored in transparency and accountability. At a minimum, it is our view that companies should observe the accepted corporate governance standards in their domestic market and we ask that, if they do not, they explain how their approach better supports durable, long-term financial value creation.
These Principles cover seven key subjects:
• | Boards and directors |
• | Auditors and audit-related issues |
• | Capital structure, mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions |
• | Executive compensation |
• | Material sustainability-related risks and opportunities |
• | Other corporate governance matters and shareholder protections |
• | Shareholder proposals |
Our regional and market-specific voting guidelines explain how these Principles inform our voting decisions in relation to common ballot items for shareholder meetings in those markets. Alongside the Principles and regional voting guidelines, BIS publishes our engagement priorities which reflect the five themes on which we most frequently engage companies, where they are relevant, as these can be a source of material business risk or opportunity. Collectively, these BIS policies set out the core elements of corporate governance that guide our investment stewardship efforts globally and within each market, including when engaging with companies and voting at shareholder meetings. The BIS policies are applied on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the context within which a company is operating.
Boards and directors
We believe that an effective and well-functioning board that has appropriate governance structures to facilitate oversight of a company’s management and strategic initiatives is critical to the long-term financial success of a company and the protection of shareholders’ economic interests. In our view, a strong board can be a competitive advantage to a company, providing valuable oversight of and perspectives to management on the most important decisions in support of long-term financial performance. As part of their responsibilities, board members have a fiduciary duty to shareholders to oversee the strategic direction, operations, and risk management of a company. For this reason, BIS sees engagement with and the election of directors as one of our most important responsibilities. Disclosure of material risks that may affect a company’s long-term strategy and financial value creation, including material sustainability-related factors when relevant, is essential for shareholders to appropriately understand and assess how effectively management is identifying, managing, and mitigating such risks.
B-5
The board should establish and maintain a framework of robust and effective governance mechanisms to support its oversight of the company’s strategy and operations consistent with the long-term economic interests of investors. There should be clear descriptions of the role of the board and the committees of the board and how directors engage with and oversee management. We look to the board to articulate the effectiveness of these mechanisms in overseeing the management of business risks and opportunities and the fulfillment of the company’s purpose and strategy.
Where a company has not adequately disclosed and demonstrated that its board has fulfilled these corporate governance and risk oversight responsibilities, we will consider voting against the election of directors who, on our assessment, have particular responsibility for the issues. We assess director performance on a case-by-case basis and in light of each company’s circumstances, taking into consideration their governance, business practices that support durable, long-term financial value creation, and performance. Set out below are ways in which boards and directors can demonstrate a commitment to acting in the long-term economic interests of all shareholders.
Regular accountability through director elections
It is our view that directors should stand for election on a regular basis, ideally annually. In our experience, annual director elections allow shareholders to reaffirm their support for board members and/or hold them accountable for their decisions in a timely manner. When board members are not elected annually, in our experience, it is good practice for boards to have a rotation policy to ensure that, through a board cycle, all directors have had their appointment re-confirmed, with a proportion of directors being put forward for election at each annual general meeting.
Effective board composition
Regular director elections also give boards the opportunity to adjust their composition in an orderly way to reflect developments in the company’s strategy and the market environment. In our view, it is beneficial for new directors to be brought onto the board periodically to refresh the group’s thinking, while supporting both continuity and appropriate succession planning. We consider the average overall tenure of the board, and seek a balance between the knowledge and experience of longer-serving directors and the fresh perspectives of directors who joined more recently. We encourage companies to regularly review the effectiveness of their board (including its size), and assess directors nominated for election in the context of the composition of the board as a whole. In our view, the company’s assessment should consider a number of factors, including each director’s independence and time commitments, as well as the diversity and relevance of director experiences and skillsets, and how these factors may contribute to the financial performance of the company.
Similarly, there should be a sufficient number of independent directors, free from conflicts of interest or undue influence from connected parties, to ensure objectivity in the decision-making of the board and its ability to oversee management. Common impediments to independence may include but are not limited to:
• | Current or recent employment at the company or a subsidiary |
• | Being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company |
• | Interlocking directorships |
• | Having any other interest, business, or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with a director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company and shareholders. |
In our experience, boards are most effective at overseeing and advising management when there is a senior, independent board leader. This director may chair the board, or, where the chair is also the CEO (or is otherwise not independent), be designated as a lead independent director. The role of this director is to enhance the
B-6
effectiveness of the independent members of the board through shaping the agenda, ensuring adequate information is provided to the board, and encouraging independent director participation in board deliberations. The lead independent director or another appropriate director should be available to meet with shareholders in those situations where an independent director is best placed to explain and contextualize a company’s approach.
There are matters for which the board has responsibility that may involve a conflict of interest for executives or for affiliated directors, or require additional focus. It is our view that objective oversight of such matters is best achieved when the board forms committees comprised entirely of independent directors. In many markets, these committees of the board specialize in audit, director nominations, and compensation matters. An ad hoc committee might also be formed to decide on a special transaction, particularly one involving a related party, or to investigate a significant adverse event.
When nominating directors to the board, we look to companies to provide sufficient information on the individual candidates so that shareholders can assess the capabilities and suitability of each individual nominee and their fit within overall board composition. These disclosures should give an understanding of how the collective experience and expertise of the board, as well as the particular skill-sets of individual directors, aligns with the company’s long-term strategy and business model. Highly qualified, engaged directors with professional characteristics relevant to a company’s business and strategy enhance the ability of the board to add value and be the voice of shareholders in board discussions.
It is in this context that we are interested in diversity in the board room. We see it as a means to promoting diversity of thought and avoiding “group think” when the board advises and oversees management. This position is based on our view that diversity of perspective and thought – in the board room, in the management team, and throughout the company – leads to better long-term economic outcomes for companies. Academic research has revealed correlations between specific dimensions of diversity and effects on decision-making processes and outcomes.1 In our experience, greater diversity in the board room can contribute to more robust discussions and more innovative and resilient decisions. Over time, greater diversity in the board room can also promote greater diversity and resilience in the leadership team, and the workforce more broadly. That diversity can enable companies to develop businesses that better address the needs of the customers and communities they serve.
We ask boards to disclose how diversity is considered in board composition, including professional characteristics, such as a director’s industry experience, specialist areas of expertise and geographic location; as well as demographic characteristics such as gender, race/ethnicity, and age.
We look to understand a board’s diversity in the context of a company’s domicile, market capitalization, business model, and strategy. Increasingly, we see the most effective boards nominating directors from diverse backgrounds which helps ensure boards can more effectively understand the company’s customers, employees, and communities. We note that in many markets, policymakers have set board gender diversity goals which we may discuss with companies, particularly if there is a risk their board composition may be misaligned. Self- identified board demographic diversity can usefully be disclosed in aggregate, consistent with local law. We encourage boards to aspire to meaningful diversity of membership, while recognizing that building a strong, diverse board can take time.
Sufficient capacity
As the role and expectations of a director are increasingly demanding, directors must be able to commit an appropriate amount of time to board and committee matters. It is important that directors have the capacity to meet all of their responsibilities—including when there are unforeseen events – and therefore, they should not take on an excessive number of roles that would impair their ability to fulfill their duties.
1 | For a discussion on the different impacts of diversity see: McKinsey, “Diversity Wins: How Inclusion Matters,” May 2022; Harvard Business Review, “Diverse Teams Feel Less Comfortable – and That’s Why They Perform Better,” September 2016; “Do Diverse Directors Influence DEI Outcomes,” September 2022. |
B-7
Auditors and audit-related issues
BlackRock recognizes the critical importance of financial statements, which should provide a true and fair picture of a company’s financial condition. Accordingly, the assumptions made by management and reviewed by the auditor in preparing the financial statements should be reasonable and justified.
The accuracy of financial statements, inclusive of financial and non-financial information as required or permitted under market-specific accounting rules, is of paramount importance to BlackRock. Investors increasingly recognize that a broader range of risks and opportunities have the potential to materially impact financial performance. Over time, we anticipate investors and other users of company reporting will increasingly seek to understand and scrutinize the assumptions underlying financial statements, particularly those that pertain to the impact of the transition to a low-carbon economy on a company’s business model and asset mix. We recognize that this is an area of evolving practice and note that international standards setters, such as the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) Board and the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB), continue to develop their guidance to companies.2
In this context, audit committees, or equivalent, play a vital role in a company’s financial reporting system by providing independent oversight of the accounts, material financial and, where appropriate to the jurisdiction, non-financial information and internal control frameworks. Moreover, in the absence of a dedicated risk committee, these committees can provide oversight of Enterprise Risk Management systems.3 In our view, effective audit committee oversight strengthens the quality and reliability of a company’s financial statements and provides an important level of reassurance to shareholders.
We hold members of the audit committee or equivalent responsible for overseeing the management of the audit function. Audit committees or equivalent should have clearly articulated charters that set out their responsibilities and have a rotation plan in place that allows for a periodic refreshment of the committee membership to introduce fresh perspectives to audit oversight. We recognize that audit committees will rely on management, internal audit, and the independent auditor in fulfilling their responsibilities but look to committee members to demonstrate they have relevant expertise to monitor and oversee the audit process and related activities.
We take particular note of unexplained changes in reporting methodology, cases involving significant financial restatements, or ad hoc notifications of material financial weakness. In this respect, audit committees should provide timely disclosure on the remediation of Key and Critical Audit Matters identified either by the external auditor or internal audit function.
The integrity of financial statements depends on the auditor being free of any impediments to being an effective check on management. To that end, it is important that auditors are, and are seen to be, independent. Where an audit firm provides services to the company in addition to the audit, the fees earned should be disclosed and explained. Audit committees should have in place a procedure for assessing annually the independence of the auditor and the quality of the external audit process.
2 | IFRS, “IFRS S1 General Requirements for Disclosure of Sustainability-related Financial Information”, June 2023, and IAASB, “IAASB Launches Public Consultation on Landmark Proposed Global Sustainability Assurance Standard”, August 2023. |
3 | Enterprise risk management is a process, effected by the entity’s board of directors, management, and other personnel, applied in strategy setting and across the enterprise, designed to identify potential events that may affect the entity, and manage risk to be within the risk appetite, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of objectives. (Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), Enterprise Risk Management — Integrated Framework, September 2004, New York, NY, updated in 2017. Please see: https://www.coso.org/SitePages/Home.aspx). |
B-8
Comprehensive disclosure provides investors with a sense of the company’s long-term operational risk management practices and, more broadly, the quality of the board’s oversight. The audit or risk committee, should periodically review the company’s risk assessment and risk management policies and the significant risks and exposures identified by management, the internal auditors or the independent auditors and management’s steps to address them. In the absence of detailed disclosures, we may reasonably conclude that companies are not adequately managing risk.
Capital structure, mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
The capital structure of a company is critical to shareholders as it impacts the value of their investment and the priority of their interest in the company relative to that of other equity or debt investors. Pre-emptive rights are a key protection for shareholders against the dilution of their interests.
Effective voting rights are basic rights of share ownership and a core principle of effective governance. Shareholders, as the residual claimants, have the strongest interest in protecting the financial value of the company, and voting rights should match economic exposure, i.e. one share, one vote.
In principle, we disagree with the creation of a share class with equivalent economic exposure and preferential, differentiated voting rights. In our view, this structure violates the fundamental corporate governance principle of proportionality and results in a concentration of power in the hands of a few shareholders, thus disenfranchising other shareholders and amplifying any potential conflicts of interest. However, we recognize that in certain markets, at least for a period of time, companies may have a valid argument for listing dual classes of shares with differentiated voting rights. In our view, such companies should review these share class structures on a regular basis or as company circumstances change. Additionally, they should seek shareholder approval of their capital structure on a periodic basis via a management proposal at the company’s shareholder meeting. The proposal should give unaffiliated shareholders the opportunity to affirm the current structure or establish mechanisms to end or phase out controlling structures at the appropriate time, while minimizing costs to shareholders.
In assessing mergers, asset sales, or other special transactions, BlackRock’s primary consideration is the long-term economic interests of our clients as shareholders. Boards proposing a transaction should clearly explain the economic and strategic rationale behind it. We will review a proposed transaction to determine the degree to which it can enhance long-term shareholder value. We find long-term investors like our clients typically benefit when proposed transactions have the unanimous support of the board and have been negotiated at arm’s length. We may seek reassurance from the board that the financial interests of executives and/or board members in a given transaction have not adversely affected their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own. Where the transaction involves related parties, the recommendation to support should come from the independent directors, a best practice in most markets, and ideally, the terms should have been assessed through an independent appraisal process. In addition, it is good practice that it be approved by a separate vote of the non-conflicted parties.
As a matter of sound governance practice, shareholders should have a right to dispose of company shares in the open market without unnecessary restriction. In our view, corporate mechanisms designed to limit shareholders’ ability to sell their shares are contrary to basic property rights. Such mechanisms can serve to protect and entrench interests other than those of the shareholders. In our view, shareholders are broadly capable of making decisions in their own best interests. We encourage any so-called “shareholder rights plans” proposed by a board to be subject to shareholder approval upon introduction and periodically thereafter.
Executive compensation
In most markets, one of the most important roles for a company’s board of directors is to put in place a compensation structure that incentivizes and rewards executives appropriately. There should be a clear link
B-9
between variable pay and operational and financial performance. Performance metrics should be stretching and aligned with a company’s strategy and business model. BIS does not have a position on the use of sustainability-related criteria in compensation structures, but in our view, where companies choose to include these components, they should be adequately disclosed, material to the company’s strategy, and as rigorous as other financial or operational targets. Long-term incentive plans should encompass timeframes that 1) are distinct from annual executive compensation structures and metrics, and 2) encourage the delivery of strong financial results over a period of years. Compensation committees should guard against contractual arrangements that would entitle executives to material compensation for early termination of their employment. Finally, pension contributions and other deferred compensation arrangements should be reasonable, in light of market practices.
We are not supportive of one-off or special bonuses unrelated to company or individual performance. Where discretion has been used by the compensation committee or its equivalent, we expect disclosure relating to how and why the discretion was used, and how the adjusted outcome is aligned with the interests of shareholders. We acknowledge that the use of peer group evaluation by compensation committees can help ensure competitive pay; however, we are concerned when the rationale for increases in total compensation at a company is solely based on peer benchmarking, rather than a rigorous measure of outperformance. We encourage companies to clearly explain how compensation outcomes have rewarded performance.
We encourage boards to consider building clawback provisions into incentive plans such that companies could clawback compensation or require executives to forgo awards when compensation was based on faulty financial statements or deceptive business practices. We also favor recoupment from or the foregoing of the grant of any awards by any senior executive whose behavior caused material financial harm to shareholders, material reputational risk to the company, or resulted in a criminal investigation, even if such actions did not ultimately result in a material restatement of past results.
Non-executive directors should be compensated in a manner that is commensurate with the time and effort expended in fulfilling their professional responsibilities. Additionally, these compensation arrangements should not risk compromising directors’ independence or aligning their interests too closely with those of the management, whom they are charged with overseeing.
We use third party research, in addition to our own analysis, to evaluate existing and proposed compensation structures. BIS may signal concerns through not supporting management’s proposals to approve compensation, where they are on the agenda. We may also vote against members of the compensation committee or equivalent board members for poor compensation practices or structures.
Material sustainability-related risks and opportunities
It is our view that well-managed companies will effectively evaluate and manage material sustainability-related risks and opportunities relevant to their businesses. As with all risks and opportunities in a company’s business model, appropriate oversight of material sustainability considerations is a core component of having an effective governance framework, which supports durable, long-term financial value creation.
Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively evaluate companies’ strategy and business practices related to material sustainability-related risks and opportunities. Long-term investors like our clients can benefit when companies demonstrate that they have a resilient business model through disclosures that cover governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and targets, including industry-specific metrics. The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) standards, IFRS S1 and S2,4 provide companies with a
4 | The objective of IFRS S1 General Requirements for Disclosure of Sustainability-related Financial Information is to require an entity to disclose information about its sustainability-related risks and opportunities that is useful to primary users of general-purpose financial reports in making decisions relating to providing resources to the entity. The objective of IFRS S2 Climate-related Disclosures is to require an entity to disclose information about its climate-related risks and opportunities that is useful to primary users of general-purpose financial reports in making decisions relating to providing resources to the entity. |
B-10
useful guide to preparing this disclosure. The standards build on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework and the standards and metrics developed by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB), which have converged under the ISSB. We recognize that companies may phase in reporting aligned with the ISSB standards over several years. We also recognize that some companies may report using different standards, which may be required by regulation, or one of a number of voluntary standards. In such cases, we ask that companies highlight the metrics that are industry-or company-specific.
We note that climate and other sustainability-related disclosures often require companies to collect and aggregate data from various internal and external sources. We recognize that the practical realities of data collection and reporting may not line up with financial reporting cycles and companies may require additional time after their fiscal year-end to accurately collect, analyze, and report this data to investors.
That said, to give investors time to assess the data, we encourage companies to produce climate and other sustainability-related disclosures sufficiently in advance of their annual meeting, to the best of their abilities.
Companies may also choose to adopt or refer to guidance on sustainable and responsible business conduct issued by supranational organizations such as the United Nations or the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. Further, industry initiatives on managing specific operational risks may provide useful guidance to companies on best practices and disclosures. We find it helpful to our understanding of investment risk when companies disclose any relevant global climate and other sustainability-related standards adopted, the industry initiatives in which they participate, any peer group benchmarking undertaken, and any assurance processes to help investors understand their approach to sustainable and responsible business practices. We will express any concerns through our voting where a company’s actions or disclosures do not seem adequate in light of the materiality of the business risks.
Climate and nature-related risk
While companies in various sectors and geographies may be affected differently by climate-related risks and opportunities, the low-carbon transition is an investment factor that can be material for many companies and economies around the globe.
We seek to understand, from company disclosures and engagement, the strategies companies have in place to manage material risks to, and opportunities for, their long-term business model associated with a range of climate-related scenarios, including a scenario in which global warming is limited to well below 2°C, considering global ambitions to achieve a limit of 1.5°C. As one of many shareholders, and typically a minority one, BlackRock does not tell companies what to do. It is the role of the board and management to set and implement a company’s long-term strategy to deliver long-term financial returns.
Our research shows that the low-carbon transition is a structural shift in the global economy that will be shaped by changes in government policies, technology, and consumer preferences, which may be material for many companies.5 Yet the path to a low-carbon economy is deeply uncertain and uneven, with different parts of the economy moving at different speeds. BIS recognizes that it can be challenging for companies to predict the impact of climate-related risk and opportunity on their businesses and operating environments. Many companies are assessing how to navigate the low-carbon transition while delivering long-term value to investors. In this context, we encourage companies to publicly disclose, consistent with their business model and sector, how they intend to deliver long-term financial performance through the transition to a low-carbon economy. Where available, we appreciate companies publishing their transition plan.6
5 | BlackRock Investment Institute, “Tracking the low-carbon transition”, July 2023. |
6 | We have observed that more companies are developing such plans, and public policy makers in a number of markets are signaling their intentions to require them. We view transition plans (TPs) as a method for a company to both internally assess and externally communicate long-term strategy, ambition, objectives, and actions to create financial value through the global transition towards a low-carbon economy. While many initiatives across jurisdictions outline a framework for TPs, there is no consensus on the key elements these plans should contain. We view useful disclosure as that which communicates a company’s approach to managing financially material, business relevant risks and opportunities – including climate-related risks – to deliver long-term financial performance, thus enabling investors to make more informed decisions. |
B-11
Consistent with the ISSB standards, we are better able to assess preparedness for the low-carbon transition when companies disclose short-, medium- and long-term targets, ideally science-based where these are available for their sector, for scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) reductions and to demonstrate how their targets are consistent with the long-term financial interests of their investors.
While we recognize that regulators in some markets are moving to mandate certain disclosures, at this stage, we view scope 3 emissions differently from scopes 1 and 2, given methodological complexity, regulatory uncertainty, concerns about double-counting, and lack of direct control by companies. We welcome disclosures and commitments companies choose to make regarding scope 3 emissions and recognize these are provided on a good-faith basis as methodology develops. Our publicly available commentary provides more information on our approach to climate-related risks and opportunities.
In addition to climate-related risks and opportunities, the management of nature-related factors is increasingly a component of some companies’ ability to generate durable, long-term financial returns for shareholders, particularly where a company’s strategy is heavily reliant on the availability of natural capital, or whose supply chains are exposed to locations with nature-related risks. We look for such companies to disclose how they manage any reliance and impact on, as well as use of, natural capital, including appropriate risk oversight and relevant metrics and targets, to understand how these factors are integrated into strategy. We will evaluate these disclosures to inform our view of how a company is managing material nature-related risks and opportunities, as well as in our assessment of relevant shareholder proposals. Our publicly available commentary provides more information on our approach to natural capital.7
Key stakeholder interests
In order to advance long-term shareholders’ interests, companies should consider the interests of the various parties on whom they depend for their success over time. It is for each company to determine their key stakeholders based on what is material to their business and long-term financial performance. For many companies, key stakeholders include employees, business partners (such as suppliers and distributors), clients and consumers, regulators, and the communities in which they operate.
As a long-term shareholder on behalf of our clients, we find it helpful when companies disclose how they have identified their key stakeholders and considered their interests in business decision-making. In addition to understanding broader stakeholder relationships, BIS finds it helpful when companies consider the needs of their workforce today, and the skills required for their future business strategy. We are also interested to understand the role of the board, which is well positioned to ensure that the approach taken is informed by and aligns with the company’s strategy and purpose.
Companies should articulate how they address material adverse impacts that could arise from their business practices and affect critical relationships with their stakeholders. We encourage companies to implement, to the extent appropriate, monitoring processes (often referred to as due diligence) to identify and mitigate potential adverse impacts and grievance mechanisms to remediate any actual adverse material impacts. In our view, maintaining trust within these relationships can contribute to a company’s long-term success.
7 | Given the growing awareness of the materiality of these issues for certain businesses, enhanced reporting on a company’s natural capital dependencies and impacts would aid investors’ understanding. In our view, the final recommendations of the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures may prove useful to some companies. We recognize that some companies may report using different standards, which may be required by regulation, or one of a number of other private sector standards. |
B-12
Other corporate governance matters and shareholder protections
In our view, shareholders have a right to material and timely information on the financial performance and viability of the companies in which they invest. In addition, companies should publish information on the governance structures in place and the rights of shareholders to influence these structures. The reporting and disclosure provided by companies help shareholders assess the effectiveness of the board’s oversight of management and whether investors’ economic interests have been protected. We believe shareholders should have the right to vote on key corporate governance matters, including changes to governance mechanisms, to submit proposals to the shareholders’ meeting, and to call special meetings of shareholders.
Corporate form
In our view, it is the responsibility of the board to determine the corporate form that is most appropriate given the company’s purpose and business model.8 Companies proposing to change their corporate form to a public benefit corporation or similar entity should put it to a shareholder vote if not already required to do so under applicable law. Supporting documentation from companies or shareholder proponents proposing to alter the corporate form should clearly articulate how the interests of shareholders and different stakeholders would be impacted as well as the accountability and voting mechanisms that would be available to shareholders. As a fiduciary on behalf of clients, we generally support management proposals if our analysis indicates that shareholders’ economic interests are adequately protected. Relevant shareholder proposals are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
Shareholder proposals
In most markets in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients, shareholders have the right to submit proposals to be voted on by shareholders at a company’s annual or extraordinary meeting, as long as eligibility and procedural requirements are met. The matters that we see put forward by shareholders address a wide range of topics, including governance reforms, capital management, and improvements in the management or disclosure of sustainability-related risks.
BlackRock is subject to legal and regulatory requirements in the U.S. that place restrictions and limitations on how BlackRock can interact with the companies in which we invest on behalf of our clients, including our ability to submit shareholder proposals. We can vote, on behalf of clients who authorize us to do so, on proposals put forth by others.
When assessing shareholder proposals, we evaluate each proposal on its merit, with a singular focus on its implications for long-term financial value creation by that company. We believe it is helpful for companies to disclose the names of the proponent or organization that has submitted or advised on the proposal. We consider the business and economic relevance of the issue raised, as well as its materiality and the urgency with which our experience indicates it should be addressed. We would not support proposals that we believe would result in over-reaching into the basic business decisions of the company. We take into consideration the legal effect of the proposal, as shareholder proposals may be advisory or legally binding depending on the jurisdiction, while others may make requests that would be deemed illegal in a given jurisdiction.
Where a proposal is focused on a material business risk that we agree needs to be addressed and the intended outcome is consistent with long-term financial value creation, we will look to the board and management to demonstrate that the company has met the intent of the request made in the shareholder proposal. Where our analysis and/or engagement indicate an opportunity for improvement in the company’s approach to the issue, we may support shareholder proposals that are reasonable and not unduly prescriptive or constraining on management.
8 | Corporate form refers to the legal structure by which a business is organized. |
B-13
We recognize that some shareholder proposals bundle topics and/or specific requests and include supporting statements that explain the reasoning or objectives of the proponent. In voting on behalf of clients, we do not submit or edit proposals or the supporting statements – we must vote yes or no on the proposal as phrased by the proponent. Therefore, when we vote in support of a proposal, we are not necessarily endorsing every element of the proposal or the reasoning, objectives, or supporting statement of the proponent. We may support a proposal for different reasons from those put forth by the proponent, when we believe that, overall, it can advance our clients’ long-term financial interests. We would normally explain to the company our rationale for supporting such proposals.
Alternatively, or in addition, we may vote against the election of one or more directors if, in our assessment, the board has not responded sufficiently or with an appropriate sense of urgency. We may also support a proposal if management is on track, but we believe that voting in favor might accelerate efforts to address a material risk.
BlackRock’s oversight of its investment stewardship activities
Oversight
BlackRock maintains three regional advisory committees (Stewardship Advisory Committees) for a) the Americas; b) Europe, the Middle East and Africa; and c) Asia-Pacific, generally consisting of senior BlackRock investment professionals and/or senior employees with practical boardroom experience. The regional Stewardship Advisory Committees review and advise on amendments to BIS regional proxy voting guidelines (the Guidelines) covering markets within each respective region. The advisory committees do not determine voting decisions, which are the responsibility of BIS.
In addition to the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees, the Investment Stewardship Global Oversight Committee (Global Oversight Committee) is a risk-focused committee, comprised of senior representatives from various BlackRock investment teams, a senior legal representative, the Global Head of Investment Stewardship (Global Head), and other senior executives with relevant experience and team oversight. The Global Committee does not determine voting decisions, which are the responsibility of BIS.
The Global Head has primary oversight of the activities of BIS, including voting in accordance with the Guidelines, which require the application of professional judgment and consideration of each company’s unique circumstances. The Global Committee reviews and approves amendments to these Principles. The Global Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.
In addition, the Global Committee receives and reviews periodic reports regarding the votes cast by BIS, as well as updates on material process issues, procedural changes, and other risk oversight considerations. The Global Committee reviews these reports in an oversight capacity as informed by the Guidelines.
BIS carries out engagement with companies, executes proxy votes, and conducts vote operations (including maintaining records of votes cast) in a manner consistent with the relevant Guidelines. BIS also conducts research on corporate governance issues and participates in industry discussions to contribute to and keep abreast of important developments in the corporate governance field. BIS may utilize third parties for certain of the foregoing activities and performs oversight of those third parties. BIS may raise complicated or particularly controversial matters for internal discussion with the relevant investment teams and governance specialists for discussion and guidance prior to making a voting decision.
Vote execution
BlackRock votes on proxy issues when our clients authorize us to do so. When BlackRock has been authorized to vote on behalf of our clients, we carefully consider proxies submitted to funds and other fiduciary
B-14
account(s) (Fund or Funds) for which we have voting authority. BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for each Fund for which we have voting authority based on our evaluation of the alignment of the voting items with the long-term economic interests of our clients, in the exercise of our independent business judgment, and without regard to the relationship of the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder proponent or dissident shareholder) to the Fund, the Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates, or BlackRock employees (see “Conflicts management policies and procedures,” below).
When exercising voting rights, BIS will normally vote on specific proxy issues in accordance with the Guidelines for the relevant market, as well as the Global Principles. The Guidelines are reviewed annually and are amended consistent with changes in the local market practice, as developments in corporate governance occur, or as otherwise deemed advisable by the applicable Stewardship Advisory Committees. BIS analysts may, in the exercise of their professional judgment, conclude that the Guidelines do not cover the specific matter upon which a proxy vote is required or that an exception to the Guidelines would be in the long-term economic interests of BlackRock’s clients.
In the uncommon circumstance of there being a vote with respect to fixed income securities or the securities of privately held issuers, the decision generally will be made by a Fund’s portfolio managers and/or BIS based on an assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.
In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BIS’ ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include, but are not limited to: i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; iv) “share-blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; vi) regulatory constraints; and vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.
As a consequence, BlackRock votes proxies in these situations on a “best-efforts” basis. In addition, BIS may determine that it is generally in the interests of BlackRock’s clients not to vote proxies (or not to vote our full allocation) if the costs (including but not limited to opportunity costs associated with share- blocking constraints) associated with exercising a vote are expected to outweigh the benefit the client would derive by voting on the proposal.
Active portfolio managers have full discretion to vote the shares in the Funds they manage based on their analysis of the economic impact of a particular ballot item on their investors. Portfolio managers may, from time to time, reach differing views on how to maximize economic value with respect to a particular investment. Therefore, portfolio managers may, and sometimes do, vote shares in the Funds under their management differently from BIS or from one another. However, because BlackRock’s clients are mostly long-term investors with long-term economic goals, ballots are generally cast in a uniform manner.
Voting Choice
BlackRock offers a Voting Choice program, which provides eligible clients with more opportunities to participate in the proxy voting process where legally and operationally viable. BlackRock Voting Choice aims to make proxy voting easier and more accessible for eligible clients.
Voting Choice is currently available for eligible clients invested in certain institutional pooled funds in the U.S., UK, Ireland, and Canada that utilize equity index investment strategies, as well as eligible clients in certain institutional pooled funds in the U.S., UK, and Canada that use systematic active equity (SAE) strategies.
B-15
Currently, this includes over 650 pooled investment funds, including equity index funds and SAE investment funds. In addition, institutional clients in separately managed accounts (SMAs) continue to be eligible for BlackRock Voting Choice regardless of their investment strategies.9
As a result, the shares attributed to BlackRock in company share registers may be voted differently depending on whether our clients have authorized BIS to vote on their behalf, have authorized BIS to vote in accordance with a third-party policy, or have elected to vote shares in accordance with their own policy. Agreements with our clients to allow them greater control over their voting, including which policies they have selected, will be treated confidentially consistent with our treatment of similar client agreements.
Conflicts management policies and procedures
BIS maintains policies and procedures that seek to prevent undue influence on BlackRock’s proxy voting activity. Such influence might stem from any relationship between the investee company (or any shareholder proponent or dissident shareholder) and BlackRock, BlackRock’s affiliates, a Fund or a Fund’s affiliates, or BlackRock employees. The following are examples of sources of perceived or potential conflicts of interest:
• | BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions |
• | BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions |
• | BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock |
• | Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock |
• | Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock |
• | BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives or directors of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock |
BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:
• | Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to advance our clients’ long-term economic interests in the companies in which BlackRock invests on their behalf |
• | Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management, or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including, but not limited to, our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management, or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met |
• | Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent third-party voting service provider to make proxy voting recommendations as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy |
9 | Read more about BlackRock Voting Choice on our website. |
B-16
regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent third-party voting service provider provides BlackRock with recommendations, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies. BlackRock uses an independent third-party voting service provider to make proxy voting recommendations for shares of BlackRock, Inc. and companies affiliated with BlackRock, Inc. BlackRock may also use an independent third-party voting service provider to make proxy voting recommendations for: |
o | public companies that include BlackRock employees on their boards of directors |
o | public companies of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive or a member of the board of directors |
o | public companies that are the subject of certain transactions involving BlackRock Funds |
o | public companies that are joint venture partners with BlackRock, and |
o | public companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent third-party voting service provider |
In selecting an independent third-party voting service provider, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and make recommendations in the economic interest of our clients in accordance with the Guidelines, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned recommendations in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent third-party voting service provider, in part to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at a single voting service provider. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent third-party voting service providers, generally on an annual basis.
Securities lending
When so authorized, BlackRock acts as a securities lending agent on behalf of Funds. Securities lending is a well-regulated practice that contributes to capital market efficiency. It also enables funds to generate additional returns while allowing fund providers to keep fund expenses lower.
With regard to the relationship between securities lending and proxy voting, BlackRock cannot vote shares on loan and may determine to recall them for voting, as guided by our fiduciary responsibility to act in our clients’ financial interests. While this has occurred in a limited number of cases, the decision to recall securities on loan as part of BlackRock’s securities lending program in order to vote is based on an evaluation of various factors that include, but are not limited to, assessing potential securities lending revenue alongside the potential long-term financial value to clients of voting those securities (based on the information available at the time of recall consideration).10 BIS works with colleagues in the Securities Lending and Risk and Quantitative Analysis teams to evaluate the costs and benefits to clients of recalling shares on loan.
In almost all instances, BlackRock anticipates that the potential long-term financial value to the Fund of voting shares would be less than the potential revenue the loan may provide the Fund. However, in certain instances, BlackRock may determine, in our independent business judgment as a fiduciary, that the value of voting outweighs the securities lending revenue loss to clients and would therefore recall shares to be voted in those instances.
10 | Recalling securities on loan can be impacted by the timing of record dates. In the U.S., for example, the record date of a shareholder meeting typically falls before the proxy statements are released. Accordingly, it is not practicable to evaluate a proxy statement, determine that a vote has a material impact on a fund and recall any shares on loan in advance of the record date for the annual meeting. As a result, managers must weigh independent business judgement as a fiduciary, the benefit to a fund’s shareholders of recalling loaned shares in advance of an estimated record date without knowing whether there will be a vote on matters which have a material impact on the fund (thereby forgoing potential securities lending revenue for the fund’s shareholders) or leaving shares on loan to potentially earn revenue for the fund (thereby forgoing the opportunity to vote). |
B-17
Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.
Voting guidelines
The voting guidelines published for each region/country in which we vote are intended to summarize BlackRock’s general philosophy and approach to issues that may commonly arise in the proxy voting context in each market where we invest. The Guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive. BIS applies the Guidelines on a case-by-case basis, in the context of the individual circumstances of each company and the specific issue under review. As such, the Guidelines do not indicate how BIS will vote in every instance. Rather, they reflect our view about corporate governance issues generally, and provide insight into how we typically approach issues that commonly arise on corporate ballots. As previously discussed, the Guidelines should be read in conjunction with the Principles and engagement priorities. Collectively, these “BIS policies” set out the core elements of corporate governance that guide our investment stewardship efforts globally and within each market, including when engaging with companies and voting at shareholder meetings. The BIS policies are applied on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the context within which a company is operating.
Reporting and vote transparency
We are committed to transparency in the stewardship work we do on behalf of clients. We inform clients about our engagement and voting policies and activities through direct communication and through disclosure on our website. Each year we publish an annual report that provides a global overview of our investment stewardship engagement and voting activities and a voting spotlight that summarizes our voting over a proxy year.11 Additionally, we make public our regional proxy voting guidelines for the benefit of clients and the companies in which we invest on their behalf. We also publish commentaries to share our perspective on market developments and emerging key themes.
At a more granular level, on a quarterly basis, we publish our vote record for each company that held a shareholder meeting during the period, showing how BIS voted on each proposal and providing our rationale for any votes against management proposals or on shareholder proposals. For shareholder meetings where a vote might be high profile or of significant interest to clients, we may publish a vote bulletin after the meeting, disclosing and explaining our vote on key proposals. We also publish a quarterly list of all companies with which we engaged and the key topics addressed in the engagement meeting.
In this way, we help inform our clients about the work we do on their behalf in promoting the governance and business practices that support durable, long-term financial value creation.
11 | The proxy year runs from July 1 to June 30. |
B-18
SAI-CSF-0424